US20210118697A1 - Methods of Manufacturing Semiconductor Devices - Google Patents
Methods of Manufacturing Semiconductor Devices Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- US20210118697A1 US20210118697A1 US17/114,019 US202017114019A US2021118697A1 US 20210118697 A1 US20210118697 A1 US 20210118697A1 US 202017114019 A US202017114019 A US 202017114019A US 2021118697 A1 US2021118697 A1 US 2021118697A1
- Authority
- US
- United States
- Prior art keywords
- semiconductor device
- photoresist
- layer
- encapsulant
- external connector
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Pending
Links
- 239000004065 semiconductor Substances 0.000 title claims abstract description 154
- 238000000034 method Methods 0.000 title abstract description 150
- 238000004519 manufacturing process Methods 0.000 title abstract description 6
- 239000008393 encapsulating agent Substances 0.000 claims description 63
- 238000002161 passivation Methods 0.000 claims description 62
- 229910000679 solder Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 25
- RYGMFSIKBFXOCR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Copper Chemical group [Cu] RYGMFSIKBFXOCR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 18
- 229910052802 copper Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 18
- 239000010949 copper Substances 0.000 claims description 18
- 229920002120 photoresistant polymer Polymers 0.000 abstract description 211
- 230000008569 process Effects 0.000 abstract description 116
- 239000004020 conductor Substances 0.000 abstract description 18
- 238000011161 development Methods 0.000 abstract description 13
- 239000010410 layer Substances 0.000 description 230
- 239000000758 substrate Substances 0.000 description 55
- 239000000463 material Substances 0.000 description 48
- -1 SOI Chemical compound 0.000 description 29
- 238000000465 moulding Methods 0.000 description 27
- 229920000642 polymer Polymers 0.000 description 24
- RTZKZFJDLAIYFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Diethyl ether Chemical compound CCOCC RTZKZFJDLAIYFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 18
- 239000002904 solvent Substances 0.000 description 17
- 239000002952 polymeric resin Substances 0.000 description 15
- 230000015572 biosynthetic process Effects 0.000 description 14
- 238000000137 annealing Methods 0.000 description 13
- 150000001875 compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 12
- LYCAIKOWRPUZTN-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethylene glycol Natural products OCCO LYCAIKOWRPUZTN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 12
- 238000001465 metallisation Methods 0.000 description 12
- 239000013256 coordination polymer Substances 0.000 description 11
- 238000009713 electroplating Methods 0.000 description 11
- 239000000243 solution Substances 0.000 description 11
- ZWEHNKRNPOVVGH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-Butanone Chemical compound CCC(C)=O ZWEHNKRNPOVVGH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 10
- ATJFFYVFTNAWJD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Tin Chemical compound [Sn] ATJFFYVFTNAWJD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 10
- JHIVVAPYMSGYDF-UHFFFAOYSA-N cyclohexanone Chemical compound O=C1CCCCC1 JHIVVAPYMSGYDF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 10
- LZCLXQDLBQLTDK-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethyl 2-hydroxypropanoate Chemical compound CCOC(=O)C(C)O LZCLXQDLBQLTDK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 10
- 238000007747 plating Methods 0.000 description 10
- XEKOWRVHYACXOJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethyl acetate Chemical compound CCOC(C)=O XEKOWRVHYACXOJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 9
- 239000012790 adhesive layer Substances 0.000 description 9
- 150000002430 hydrocarbons Chemical group 0.000 description 9
- 239000004642 Polyimide Substances 0.000 description 8
- 230000001070 adhesive effect Effects 0.000 description 8
- 238000006243 chemical reaction Methods 0.000 description 8
- CATSNJVOTSVZJV-UHFFFAOYSA-N heptan-2-one Chemical compound CCCCCC(C)=O CATSNJVOTSVZJV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- 238000000059 patterning Methods 0.000 description 8
- 229920001721 polyimide Polymers 0.000 description 8
- CURLTUGMZLYLDI-UHFFFAOYSA-N Carbon dioxide Chemical compound O=C=O CURLTUGMZLYLDI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 7
- LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethanol Chemical compound CCO LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 7
- 239000002253 acid Substances 0.000 description 7
- 239000003795 chemical substances by application Substances 0.000 description 7
- MTHSVFCYNBDYFN-UHFFFAOYSA-N diethylene glycol Chemical class OCCOCCO MTHSVFCYNBDYFN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 7
- 229920002577 polybenzoxazole Polymers 0.000 description 7
- 150000003254 radicals Chemical class 0.000 description 7
- 229920005989 resin Polymers 0.000 description 7
- 239000011347 resin Substances 0.000 description 7
- 239000000126 substance Substances 0.000 description 7
- CSCPPACGZOOCGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetone Chemical compound CC(C)=O CSCPPACGZOOCGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- WSFSSNUMVMOOMR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Formaldehyde Chemical compound O=C WSFSSNUMVMOOMR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- OKKJLVBELUTLKV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methanol Chemical compound OC OKKJLVBELUTLKV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- ZMXDDKWLCZADIW-UHFFFAOYSA-N N,N-Dimethylformamide Chemical compound CN(C)C=O ZMXDDKWLCZADIW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- KWYUFKZDYYNOTN-UHFFFAOYSA-M Potassium hydroxide Chemical compound [OH-].[K+] KWYUFKZDYYNOTN-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 6
- VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Silicium dioxide Chemical compound O=[Si]=O VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- HEMHJVSKTPXQMS-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium hydroxide Chemical compound [OH-].[Na+] HEMHJVSKTPXQMS-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 6
- YXFVVABEGXRONW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Toluene Chemical compound CC1=CC=CC=C1 YXFVVABEGXRONW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- XSQUKJJJFZCRTK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Urea Chemical class NC(N)=O XSQUKJJJFZCRTK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 239000003431 cross linking reagent Substances 0.000 description 6
- 238000005530 etching Methods 0.000 description 6
- VPVSTMAPERLKKM-UHFFFAOYSA-N glycoluril Chemical compound N1C(=O)NC2NC(=O)NC21 VPVSTMAPERLKKM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 125000001046 glycoluril group Chemical class [H]C12N(*)C(=O)N(*)C1([H])N(*)C(=O)N2* 0.000 description 6
- ZNQVEEAIQZEUHB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-ethoxyethanol Chemical compound CCOCCO ZNQVEEAIQZEUHB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- DKPFZGUDAPQIHT-UHFFFAOYSA-N Butyl acetate Natural products CCCCOC(C)=O DKPFZGUDAPQIHT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 239000000654 additive Substances 0.000 description 5
- 239000000853 adhesive Substances 0.000 description 5
- 230000008901 benefit Effects 0.000 description 5
- 239000004202 carbamide Substances 0.000 description 5
- 238000001312 dry etching Methods 0.000 description 5
- 150000002148 esters Chemical class 0.000 description 5
- FUZZWVXGSFPDMH-UHFFFAOYSA-N hexanoic acid Chemical compound CCCCCC(O)=O FUZZWVXGSFPDMH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 230000001965 increasing effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- JDSHMPZPIAZGSV-UHFFFAOYSA-N melamine Chemical compound NC1=NC(N)=NC(N)=N1 JDSHMPZPIAZGSV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 125000001570 methylene group Chemical group [H]C([H])([*:1])[*:2] 0.000 description 5
- 239000000203 mixture Substances 0.000 description 5
- DNIAPMSPPWPWGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N monopropylene glycol Natural products CC(O)CO DNIAPMSPPWPWGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 230000005855 radiation Effects 0.000 description 5
- 238000004544 sputter deposition Methods 0.000 description 5
- DDKMFQGAZVMXQV-UHFFFAOYSA-N (3-chloro-2-hydroxypropyl) 2-methylprop-2-enoate Chemical compound CC(=C)C(=O)OCC(O)CCl DDKMFQGAZVMXQV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- XNWFRZJHXBZDAG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-METHOXYETHANOL Chemical compound COCCO XNWFRZJHXBZDAG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- YEJRWHAVMIAJKC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-Butyrolactone Chemical compound O=C1CCCO1 YEJRWHAVMIAJKC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- LPEKGGXMPWTOCB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 8beta-(2,3-epoxy-2-methylbutyryloxy)-14-acetoxytithifolin Natural products COC(=O)C(C)O LPEKGGXMPWTOCB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- NIXOWILDQLNWCW-UHFFFAOYSA-M Acrylate Chemical compound [O-]C(=O)C=C NIXOWILDQLNWCW-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 4
- XTHFKEDIFFGKHM-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dimethoxyethane Chemical compound COCCOC XTHFKEDIFFGKHM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- CDBYLPFSWZWCQE-UHFFFAOYSA-L Sodium Carbonate Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].[O-]C([O-])=O CDBYLPFSWZWCQE-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 4
- WYURNTSHIVDZCO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Tetrahydrofuran Chemical compound C1CCOC1 WYURNTSHIVDZCO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 229940022663 acetate Drugs 0.000 description 4
- 125000000217 alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- 238000004380 ashing Methods 0.000 description 4
- 125000004429 atom Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- 239000001569 carbon dioxide Substances 0.000 description 4
- 229910002092 carbon dioxide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- 238000005229 chemical vapour deposition Methods 0.000 description 4
- 239000003989 dielectric material Substances 0.000 description 4
- ODQWQRRAPPTVAG-GZTJUZNOSA-N doxepin Chemical compound C1OC2=CC=CC=C2C(=C/CCN(C)C)/C2=CC=CC=C21 ODQWQRRAPPTVAG-GZTJUZNOSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 238000005553 drilling Methods 0.000 description 4
- 125000001495 ethyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 4
- 229940116333 ethyl lactate Drugs 0.000 description 4
- 238000001704 evaporation Methods 0.000 description 4
- 230000008020 evaporation Effects 0.000 description 4
- WGCNASOHLSPBMP-UHFFFAOYSA-N hydroxyacetaldehyde Natural products OCC=O WGCNASOHLSPBMP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 230000006872 improvement Effects 0.000 description 4
- HJOVHMDZYOCNQW-UHFFFAOYSA-N isophorone Chemical compound CC1=CC(=O)CC(C)(C)C1 HJOVHMDZYOCNQW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 238000003475 lamination Methods 0.000 description 4
- 229940057867 methyl lactate Drugs 0.000 description 4
- ISWSIDIOOBJBQZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N phenol group Chemical group C1(=CC=CC=C1)O ISWSIDIOOBJBQZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 238000012545 processing Methods 0.000 description 4
- 238000004528 spin coating Methods 0.000 description 4
- WGTYBPLFGIVFAS-UHFFFAOYSA-M tetramethylammonium hydroxide Chemical compound [OH-].C[N+](C)(C)C WGTYBPLFGIVFAS-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 4
- XGQJGMGAMHFMAO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,3,4,6-tetrakis(methoxymethyl)-3a,6a-dihydroimidazo[4,5-d]imidazole-2,5-dione Chemical compound COCN1C(=O)N(COC)C2C1N(COC)C(=O)N2COC XGQJGMGAMHFMAO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- OKTJSMMVPCPJKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Carbon Chemical compound [C] OKTJSMMVPCPJKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- YMWUJEATGCHHMB-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dichloromethane Chemical compound ClCCl YMWUJEATGCHHMB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 229920000877 Melamine resin Polymers 0.000 description 3
- CERQOIWHTDAKMF-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methacrylic acid Chemical compound CC(=C)C(O)=O CERQOIWHTDAKMF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- SECXISVLQFMRJM-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-Methylpyrrolidone Chemical compound CN1CCCC1=O SECXISVLQFMRJM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- XUIMIQQOPSSXEZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Silicon Chemical compound [Si] XUIMIQQOPSSXEZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 229910000577 Silicon-germanium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 239000004115 Sodium Silicate Substances 0.000 description 3
- ZMANZCXQSJIPKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Triethylamine Chemical compound CCN(CC)CC ZMANZCXQSJIPKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 150000007513 acids Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 125000003158 alcohol group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 125000004448 alkyl carbonyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- QGZKDVFQNNGYKY-UHFFFAOYSA-N ammonia Natural products N QGZKDVFQNNGYKY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 239000003990 capacitor Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229910052799 carbon Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 230000008859 change Effects 0.000 description 3
- 229920001577 copolymer Polymers 0.000 description 3
- ARUVKPQLZAKDPS-UHFFFAOYSA-L copper(II) sulfate Chemical compound [Cu+2].[O-][S+2]([O-])([O-])[O-] ARUVKPQLZAKDPS-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 3
- 230000001419 dependent effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000005137 deposition process Methods 0.000 description 3
- 150000005690 diesters Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- SBZXBUIDTXKZTM-UHFFFAOYSA-N diglyme Chemical compound COCCOCCOC SBZXBUIDTXKZTM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- UAOMVDZJSHZZME-UHFFFAOYSA-N diisopropylamine Chemical compound CC(C)NC(C)C UAOMVDZJSHZZME-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 238000005538 encapsulation Methods 0.000 description 3
- DXVYLFHTJZWTRF-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethyl iso-butyl ketone Natural products CCC(=O)CC(C)C DXVYLFHTJZWTRF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 238000010438 heat treatment Methods 0.000 description 3
- YAMHXTCMCPHKLN-UHFFFAOYSA-N imidazolidin-2-one Chemical compound O=C1NCCN1 YAMHXTCMCPHKLN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 230000001939 inductive effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000003112 inhibitor Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000012212 insulator Substances 0.000 description 3
- 125000000686 lactone group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 230000000873 masking effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 229910052751 metal Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 239000002184 metal Substances 0.000 description 3
- BDJSOPWXYLFTNW-UHFFFAOYSA-N methyl 3-methoxypropanoate Chemical compound COCCC(=O)OC BDJSOPWXYLFTNW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 125000002496 methyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 3
- 238000002156 mixing Methods 0.000 description 3
- 125000002950 monocyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- VLKZOEOYAKHREP-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-Hexane Chemical compound CCCCCC VLKZOEOYAKHREP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- LLHKCFNBLRBOGN-UHFFFAOYSA-N propylene glycol methyl ether acetate Chemical compound COCC(C)OC(C)=O LLHKCFNBLRBOGN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 239000010703 silicon Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229910052710 silicon Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 229910052709 silver Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 239000004332 silver Substances 0.000 description 3
- NTHWMYGWWRZVTN-UHFFFAOYSA-N sodium silicate Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].[O-][Si]([O-])=O NTHWMYGWWRZVTN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 229910052911 sodium silicate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- ZPVOLGVTNLDBFI-UHFFFAOYSA-N (±)-2,2,6-trimethylcyclohexanone Chemical compound CC1CCCC(C)(C)C1=O ZPVOLGVTNLDBFI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- YFSUTJLHUFNCNZ-UHFFFAOYSA-M 1,1,2,2,3,3,4,4,5,5,6,6,7,7,8,8,8-heptadecafluorooctane-1-sulfonate Chemical compound [O-]S(=O)(=O)C(F)(F)C(F)(F)C(F)(F)C(F)(F)C(F)(F)C(F)(F)C(F)(F)C(F)(F)F YFSUTJLHUFNCNZ-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- XKALZGSIEJZJCZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,3-bis(methoxymethyl)urea Chemical compound COCNC(=O)NCOC XKALZGSIEJZJCZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- RYHBNJHYFVUHQT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,4-Dioxane Chemical compound C1COCCO1 RYHBNJHYFVUHQT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- KBPLFHHGFOOTCA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-Octanol Chemical compound CCCCCCCCO KBPLFHHGFOOTCA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- FUWDFGKRNIDKAE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-butoxypropan-2-yl acetate Chemical compound CCCCOCC(C)OC(C)=O FUWDFGKRNIDKAE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- UZKWTJUDCOPSNM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-ethenoxybutane Chemical compound CCCCOC=C UZKWTJUDCOPSNM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- ARXJGSRGQADJSQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-methoxypropan-2-ol Chemical compound COCC(C)O ARXJGSRGQADJSQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- OXTQEWUBDTVSFB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,4,4-Trimethylcyclopentanone Chemical compound CC1CC(C)(C)CC1=O OXTQEWUBDTVSFB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- HXVNBWAKAOHACI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,4-dimethyl-3-pentanone Chemical compound CC(C)C(=O)C(C)C HXVNBWAKAOHACI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- OJVAMHKKJGICOG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,5-hexanedione Chemical compound CC(=O)CCC(C)=O OJVAMHKKJGICOG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- SBASXUCJHJRPEV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-(2-methoxyethoxy)ethanol Chemical compound COCCOCCO SBASXUCJHJRPEV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- SFRDXVJWXWOTEW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-(hydroxymethyl)propane-1,3-diol Chemical compound OCC(CO)CO SFRDXVJWXWOTEW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- QQZOPKMRPOGIEB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-Oxohexane Chemical compound CCCCC(C)=O QQZOPKMRPOGIEB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- SVONRAPFKPVNKG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-ethoxyethyl acetate Chemical compound CCOCCOC(C)=O SVONRAPFKPVNKG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- ZIXLDMFVRPABBX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-methylcyclopentan-1-one Chemical compound CC1CCCC1=O ZIXLDMFVRPABBX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- BNCADMBVWNPPIZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-n,2-n,4-n,4-n,6-n,6-n-hexakis(methoxymethyl)-1,3,5-triazine-2,4,6-triamine Chemical compound COCN(COC)C1=NC(N(COC)COC)=NC(N(COC)COC)=N1 BNCADMBVWNPPIZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- ZPVFWPFBNIEHGJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-octanone Chemical compound CCCCCCC(C)=O ZPVFWPFBNIEHGJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- SYBYTAAJFKOIEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-Methylbutan-2-one Chemical compound CC(C)C(C)=O SYBYTAAJFKOIEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- XJLDYKIEURAVBW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-decanone Chemical compound CCCCCCCC(=O)CC XJLDYKIEURAVBW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- UJBOOUHRTQVGRU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-methylcyclohexan-1-one Chemical compound CC1CCCC(=O)C1 UJBOOUHRTQVGRU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- RHLVCLIPMVJYKS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-octanone Chemical compound CCCCCC(=O)CC RHLVCLIPMVJYKS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- HCFAJYNVAYBARA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-heptanone Chemical compound CCCC(=O)CCC HCFAJYNVAYBARA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- VGVHNLRUAMRIEW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-methylcyclohexan-1-one Chemical compound CC1CCC(=O)CC1 VGVHNLRUAMRIEW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- FFWSICBKRCICMR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 5-methyl-2-hexanone Chemical compound CC(C)CCC(C)=O FFWSICBKRCICMR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- GZVHEAJQGPRDLQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 6-phenyl-1,3,5-triazine-2,4-diamine Chemical compound NC1=NC(N)=NC(C=2C=CC=CC=2)=N1 GZVHEAJQGPRDLQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-M Acetate Chemical compound CC([O-])=O QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- IYTXKIXETAELAV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Aethyl-n-hexyl-keton Natural products CCCCCCC(=O)CC IYTXKIXETAELAV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229930185605 Bisphenol Natural products 0.000 description 2
- SOGAXMICEFXMKE-UHFFFAOYSA-N Butylmethacrylate Chemical compound CCCCOC(=O)C(C)=C SOGAXMICEFXMKE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000004215 Carbon black (E152) Substances 0.000 description 2
- HEDRZPFGACZZDS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Chloroform Chemical compound ClC(Cl)Cl HEDRZPFGACZZDS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- RGSFGYAAUTVSQA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Cyclopentane Chemical compound C1CCCC1 RGSFGYAAUTVSQA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- IEPRKVQEAMIZSS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Di-Et ester-Fumaric acid Natural products CCOC(=O)C=CC(=O)OCC IEPRKVQEAMIZSS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- IEPRKVQEAMIZSS-WAYWQWQTSA-N Diethyl maleate Chemical compound CCOC(=O)\C=C/C(=O)OCC IEPRKVQEAMIZSS-WAYWQWQTSA-N 0.000 description 2
- ROSDSFDQCJNGOL-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dimethylamine Chemical compound CNC ROSDSFDQCJNGOL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- IAZDPXIOMUYVGZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dimethylsulphoxide Chemical compound CS(C)=O IAZDPXIOMUYVGZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- HYTRYEXINDDXJK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethyl isopropyl ketone Chemical compound CCC(=O)C(C)C HYTRYEXINDDXJK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- QUSNBJAOOMFDIB-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethylamine Chemical compound CCN QUSNBJAOOMFDIB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- KMTRUDSVKNLOMY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethylene carbonate Chemical compound O=C1OCCO1 KMTRUDSVKNLOMY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- ZHNUHDYFZUAESO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Formamide Chemical compound NC=O ZHNUHDYFZUAESO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- BAPJBEWLBFYGME-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methyl acrylate Chemical compound COC(=O)C=C BAPJBEWLBFYGME-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- NTIZESTWPVYFNL-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methyl isobutyl ketone Chemical compound CC(C)CC(C)=O NTIZESTWPVYFNL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- UIHCLUNTQKBZGK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methyl isobutyl ketone Natural products CCC(C)C(C)=O UIHCLUNTQKBZGK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- BAVYZALUXZFZLV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methylamine Chemical compound NC BAVYZALUXZFZLV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- LRHPLDYGYMQRHN-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-Butanol Chemical compound CCCCO LRHPLDYGYMQRHN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- IMNFDUFMRHMDMM-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-Heptane Chemical compound CCCCCCC IMNFDUFMRHMDMM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- ATHHXGZTWNVVOU-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-methylformamide Chemical compound CNC=O ATHHXGZTWNVVOU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- PXHVJJICTQNCMI-UHFFFAOYSA-N Nickel Chemical compound [Ni] PXHVJJICTQNCMI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- CTQNGGLPUBDAKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N O-Xylene Chemical compound CC1=CC=CC=C1C CTQNGGLPUBDAKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000004696 Poly ether ether ketone Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000004695 Polyether sulfone Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000004734 Polyphenylene sulfide Substances 0.000 description 2
- XBDQKXXYIPTUBI-UHFFFAOYSA-M Propionate Chemical compound CCC([O-])=O XBDQKXXYIPTUBI-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- JUJWROOIHBZHMG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pyridine Chemical compound C1=CC=NC=C1 JUJWROOIHBZHMG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 244000028419 Styrax benzoin Species 0.000 description 2
- 235000000126 Styrax benzoin Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- PPBRXRYQALVLMV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Styrene Chemical compound C=CC1=CC=CC=C1 PPBRXRYQALVLMV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 235000008411 Sumatra benzointree Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- RTAQQCXQSZGOHL-UHFFFAOYSA-N Titanium Chemical compound [Ti] RTAQQCXQSZGOHL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000007983 Tris buffer Substances 0.000 description 2
- LEVVHYCKPQWKOP-UHFFFAOYSA-N [Si].[Ge] Chemical compound [Si].[Ge] LEVVHYCKPQWKOP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000003082 abrasive agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- KXKVLQRXCPHEJC-UHFFFAOYSA-N acetic acid trimethyl ester Natural products COC(C)=O KXKVLQRXCPHEJC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- NJYZCEFQAIUHSD-UHFFFAOYSA-N acetoguanamine Chemical compound CC1=NC(N)=NC(N)=N1 NJYZCEFQAIUHSD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- NIXOWILDQLNWCW-UHFFFAOYSA-N acrylic acid group Chemical group C(C=C)(=O)O NIXOWILDQLNWCW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 150000001298 alcohols Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 125000004390 alkyl sulfonyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 229910052782 aluminium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- XAGFODPZIPBFFR-UHFFFAOYSA-N aluminium Chemical compound [Al] XAGFODPZIPBFFR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000003277 amino group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 239000007864 aqueous solution Substances 0.000 description 2
- 125000003118 aryl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- QVGXLLKOCUKJST-UHFFFAOYSA-N atomic oxygen Chemical compound [O] QVGXLLKOCUKJST-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- JUPQTSLXMOCDHR-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzene-1,4-diol;bis(4-fluorophenyl)methanone Chemical compound OC1=CC=C(O)C=C1.C1=CC(F)=CC=C1C(=O)C1=CC=C(F)C=C1 JUPQTSLXMOCDHR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- ISAOCJYIOMOJEB-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzoin Chemical compound C=1C=CC=CC=1C(O)C(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 ISAOCJYIOMOJEB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- AOJOEFVRHOZDFN-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzyl 2-methylprop-2-enoate Chemical compound CC(=C)C(=O)OCC1=CC=CC=C1 AOJOEFVRHOZDFN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- QUKGYYKBILRGFE-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzyl acetate Chemical compound CC(=O)OCC1=CC=CC=C1 QUKGYYKBILRGFE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000001797 benzyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(C([H])=C1[H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 2
- IISBACLAFKSPIT-UHFFFAOYSA-N bisphenol A Chemical compound C=1C=C(O)C=CC=1C(C)(C)C1=CC=C(O)C=C1 IISBACLAFKSPIT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000002843 carboxylic acid group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 239000003054 catalyst Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229910000366 copper(II) sulfate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 239000013078 crystal Substances 0.000 description 2
- OIWOHHBRDFKZNC-UHFFFAOYSA-N cyclohexyl 2-methylprop-2-enoate Chemical compound CC(=C)C(=O)OC1CCCCC1 OIWOHHBRDFKZNC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- BGTOWKSIORTVQH-UHFFFAOYSA-N cyclopentanone Chemical compound O=C1CCCC1 BGTOWKSIORTVQH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- ZAJNGDIORYACQU-UHFFFAOYSA-N decan-2-one Chemical compound CCCCCCCCC(C)=O ZAJNGDIORYACQU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000007547 defect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000013461 design Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000012955 diaryliodonium Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000012954 diazonium Substances 0.000 description 2
- JQVDAXLFBXTEQA-UHFFFAOYSA-N dibutylamine Chemical compound CCCCNCCCC JQVDAXLFBXTEQA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- POLCUAVZOMRGSN-UHFFFAOYSA-N dipropyl ether Chemical compound CCCOCCC POLCUAVZOMRGSN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000007772 electroless plating Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000005670 electromagnetic radiation Effects 0.000 description 2
- FJKIXWOMBXYWOQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethenoxyethane Chemical compound CCOC=C FJKIXWOMBXYWOQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- BHXIWUJLHYHGSJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethyl 3-ethoxypropanoate Chemical compound CCOCCC(=O)OCC BHXIWUJLHYHGSJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- IJUHLFUALMUWOM-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethyl 3-methoxypropanoate Chemical compound CCOC(=O)CCOC IJUHLFUALMUWOM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- MTZQAGJQAFMTAQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethyl benzoate Chemical compound CCOC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 MTZQAGJQAFMTAQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- XLLIQLLCWZCATF-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate Natural products COCCOC(C)=O XLLIQLLCWZCATF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000012530 fluid Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000006870 function Effects 0.000 description 2
- JBFHTYHTHYHCDJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N gamma-caprolactone Chemical compound CCC1CCC(=O)O1 JBFHTYHTHYHCDJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- IPBFYZQJXZJBFQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N gamma-octalactone Chemical compound CCCCC1CCC(=O)O1 IPBFYZQJXZJBFQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- GAEKPEKOJKCEMS-UHFFFAOYSA-N gamma-valerolactone Chemical compound CC1CCC(=O)O1 GAEKPEKOJKCEMS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000011521 glass Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000009477 glass transition Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000010931 gold Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000000227 grinding Methods 0.000 description 2
- 235000019382 gum benzoic Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- NGAZZOYFWWSOGK-UHFFFAOYSA-N heptan-3-one Chemical compound CCCCC(=O)CC NGAZZOYFWWSOGK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229930195733 hydrocarbon Natural products 0.000 description 2
- 125000002887 hydroxy group Chemical group [H]O* 0.000 description 2
- 125000002768 hydroxyalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 238000003384 imaging method Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000003999 initiator Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000002347 injection Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000007924 injection Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000010354 integration Effects 0.000 description 2
- 150000003903 lactic acid esters Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 239000007788 liquid Substances 0.000 description 2
- 150000002739 metals Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- FQPSGWSUVKBHSU-UHFFFAOYSA-N methacrylamide Chemical compound CC(=C)C(N)=O FQPSGWSUVKBHSU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000005395 methacrylic acid group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- WSFSSNUMVMOOMR-NJFSPNSNSA-N methanone Chemical compound O=[14CH2] WSFSSNUMVMOOMR-NJFSPNSNSA-N 0.000 description 2
- HSDFKDZBJMDHFF-UHFFFAOYSA-N methyl 3-ethoxypropanoate Chemical compound CCOCCC(=O)OC HSDFKDZBJMDHFF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- ZWRUINPWMLAQRD-UHFFFAOYSA-N nonan-1-ol Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCO ZWRUINPWMLAQRD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- VKCYHJWLYTUGCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N nonan-2-one Chemical compound CCCCCCCC(C)=O VKCYHJWLYTUGCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- UMRZSTCPUPJPOJ-KNVOCYPGSA-N norbornane Chemical compound C1C[C@H]2CC[C@@H]1C2 UMRZSTCPUPJPOJ-KNVOCYPGSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229920003986 novolac Polymers 0.000 description 2
- WWZKQHOCKIZLMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N octanoic acid Chemical compound CCCCCCCC(O)=O WWZKQHOCKIZLMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000003960 organic solvent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229910052760 oxygen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 239000001301 oxygen Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000004806 packaging method and process Methods 0.000 description 2
- XNLICIUVMPYHGG-UHFFFAOYSA-N pentan-2-one Chemical compound CCCC(C)=O XNLICIUVMPYHGG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- FDPIMTJIUBPUKL-UHFFFAOYSA-N pentan-3-one Chemical compound CCC(=O)CC FDPIMTJIUBPUKL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000000623 plasma-assisted chemical vapour deposition Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229920003208 poly(ethylene sulfide) Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 229920000647 polyepoxide Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 229920006393 polyether sulfone Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 229920002530 polyetherether ketone Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 229920000069 polyphenylene sulfide Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 235000011118 potassium hydroxide Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 238000007639 printing Methods 0.000 description 2
- WQGWDDDVZFFDIG-UHFFFAOYSA-N pyrogallol Chemical compound OC1=CC=CC(O)=C1O WQGWDDDVZFFDIG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000000376 reactant Substances 0.000 description 2
- 150000003839 salts Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 239000000377 silicon dioxide Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229910052814 silicon oxide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 229910000029 sodium carbonate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 235000017550 sodium carbonate Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 235000011121 sodium hydroxide Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 235000019795 sodium metasilicate Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000007787 solid Substances 0.000 description 2
- 150000003440 styrenes Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 229920003002 synthetic resin Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 238000012360 testing method Methods 0.000 description 2
- VDZOOKBUILJEDG-UHFFFAOYSA-M tetrabutylammonium hydroxide Chemical compound [OH-].CCCC[N+](CCCC)(CCCC)CCCC VDZOOKBUILJEDG-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- VZGDMQKNWNREIO-UHFFFAOYSA-N tetrachloromethane Chemical compound ClC(Cl)(Cl)Cl VZGDMQKNWNREIO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- YLQBMQCUIZJEEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N tetrahydrofuran Natural products C=1C=COC=1 YLQBMQCUIZJEEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000005979 thermal decomposition reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000010936 titanium Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229910052719 titanium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 238000012546 transfer Methods 0.000 description 2
- 125000002827 triflate group Chemical class FC(S(=O)(=O)O*)(F)F 0.000 description 2
- ITMCEJHCFYSIIV-UHFFFAOYSA-N triflic acid Chemical compound OS(=O)(=O)C(F)(F)F ITMCEJHCFYSIIV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- GETQZCLCWQTVFV-UHFFFAOYSA-N trimethylamine Chemical compound CN(C)C GETQZCLCWQTVFV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- WFKWXMTUELFFGS-UHFFFAOYSA-N tungsten Chemical compound [W] WFKWXMTUELFFGS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229910052721 tungsten Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 239000010937 tungsten Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229920001567 vinyl ester resin Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 125000000391 vinyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])=C([H])[H] 0.000 description 2
- 238000001039 wet etching Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000008096 xylene Substances 0.000 description 2
- YSWBUABBMRVQAC-UHFFFAOYSA-N (2-nitrophenyl)methanesulfonic acid Chemical compound OS(=O)(=O)CC1=CC=CC=C1[N+]([O-])=O YSWBUABBMRVQAC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DLDWUFCUUXXYTB-UHFFFAOYSA-N (2-oxo-1,2-diphenylethyl) 4-methylbenzenesulfonate Chemical compound C1=CC(C)=CC=C1S(=O)(=O)OC(C=1C=CC=CC=1)C(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 DLDWUFCUUXXYTB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GGJSOZXRIXSEFY-UHFFFAOYSA-N (3-acetyloxy-2-hydroxypropyl) 2-methylprop-2-enoate Chemical compound CC(=O)OCC(O)COC(=O)C(C)=C GGJSOZXRIXSEFY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LABTWGUMFABVFG-ONEGZZNKSA-N (3E)-pent-3-en-2-one Chemical compound C\C=C\C(C)=O LABTWGUMFABVFG-ONEGZZNKSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ULPMRIXXHGUZFA-UHFFFAOYSA-N (R)-4-Methyl-3-hexanone Natural products CCC(C)C(=O)CC ULPMRIXXHGUZFA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MPUZDPBYKVEHNH-BQYQJAHWSA-N (e)-2-methyl-3-phenylprop-2-enamide Chemical compound NC(=O)C(/C)=C/C1=CC=CC=C1 MPUZDPBYKVEHNH-BQYQJAHWSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QYGBYAQGBVHMDD-XQRVVYSFSA-N (z)-2-cyano-3-thiophen-2-ylprop-2-enoic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C(\C#N)=C/C1=CC=CS1 QYGBYAQGBVHMDD-XQRVVYSFSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BYEAHWXPCBROCE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,1,1,3,3,3-hexafluoropropan-2-ol Chemical group FC(F)(F)C(O)C(F)(F)F BYEAHWXPCBROCE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ACEKLXZRZOWKRY-UHFFFAOYSA-M 1,1,2,2,3,3,4,4,5,5,5-undecafluoropentane-1-sulfonate Chemical compound [O-]S(=O)(=O)C(F)(F)C(F)(F)C(F)(F)C(F)(F)C(F)(F)F ACEKLXZRZOWKRY-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- ZZXUZKXVROWEIF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,2-butylene carbonate Chemical compound CCC1COC(=O)O1 ZZXUZKXVROWEIF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QWUWMCYKGHVNAV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,2-dihydrostilbene Chemical group C=1C=CC=CC=1CCC1=CC=CC=C1 QWUWMCYKGHVNAV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MSAHTMIQULFMRG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,2-diphenyl-2-propan-2-yloxyethanone Chemical compound C=1C=CC=CC=1C(OC(C)C)C(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 MSAHTMIQULFMRG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JIHQDMXYYFUGFV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,3,5-triazine Chemical class C1=NC=NC=N1 JIHQDMXYYFUGFV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NQPJDJVGBDHCAD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,3-diazinan-2-one Chemical compound OC1=NCCCN1 NQPJDJVGBDHCAD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VAYTZRYEBVHVLE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,3-dioxol-2-one Chemical compound O=C1OC=CO1 VAYTZRYEBVHVLE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QPIFRSNWFVGRBE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,4,2,3,5,6-oxathiatetrazine 4,4-dioxide Chemical class O1N=NS(=O)(=O)N=N1 QPIFRSNWFVGRBE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YLVACWCCJCZITJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,4-dioxane-2,3-diol Chemical compound OC1OCCOC1O YLVACWCCJCZITJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WGYZMNBUZFHYRX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-(1-methoxypropan-2-yloxy)propan-2-ol Chemical compound COCC(C)OCC(C)O WGYZMNBUZFHYRX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VMCRQYHCDSXNLW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-(4-tert-butylphenyl)-2,2-dichloroethanone Chemical compound CC(C)(C)C1=CC=C(C(=O)C(Cl)Cl)C=C1 VMCRQYHCDSXNLW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DURPTKYDGMDSBL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-butoxybutane Chemical compound CCCCOCCCC DURPTKYDGMDSBL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RWNUSVWFHDHRCJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-butoxypropan-2-ol Chemical compound CCCCOCC(C)O RWNUSVWFHDHRCJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HDNJDUJJTFCGQJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-chloro-3-[3-(3-chloro-2-hydroxypropoxy)-2,2-bis[(3-chloro-2-hydroxypropoxy)methyl]propoxy]propan-2-ol Chemical compound ClCC(O)COCC(COCC(O)CCl)(COCC(O)CCl)COCC(O)CCl HDNJDUJJTFCGQJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GXZPMXGRNUXGHN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-ethenoxy-2-methoxyethane Chemical compound COCCOC=C GXZPMXGRNUXGHN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YAOJJEJGPZRYJF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-ethenoxyhexane Chemical compound CCCCCCOC=C YAOJJEJGPZRYJF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RRQYJINTUHWNHW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-ethoxy-2-(2-ethoxyethoxy)ethane Chemical compound CCOCCOCCOCC RRQYJINTUHWNHW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JOLQKTGDSGKSKJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-ethoxypropan-2-ol Chemical compound CCOCC(C)O JOLQKTGDSGKSKJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LIPRQQHINVWJCH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-ethoxypropan-2-yl acetate Chemical compound CCOCC(C)OC(C)=O LIPRQQHINVWJCH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ODDDCGGSPAPBOS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-ethoxypropan-2-yl propanoate Chemical compound CCOCC(C)OC(=O)CC ODDDCGGSPAPBOS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BPIUIOXAFBGMNB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-hexoxyhexane Chemical compound CCCCCCOCCCCCC BPIUIOXAFBGMNB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DOVZUKKPYKRVIK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-methoxypropan-2-yl propanoate Chemical compound CCC(=O)OC(C)COC DOVZUKKPYKRVIK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LABTWGUMFABVFG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-propenyl methyl ketone Natural products CC=CC(C)=O LABTWGUMFABVFG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UIQGEWJEWJMQSL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,2,4,4-tetramethylpentan-3-one Chemical compound CC(C)(C)C(=O)C(C)(C)C UIQGEWJEWJMQSL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JHGGYGMFCRSWIZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,2-dichloro-1-(4-phenoxyphenyl)ethanone Chemical compound C1=CC(C(=O)C(Cl)Cl)=CC=C1OC1=CC=CC=C1 JHGGYGMFCRSWIZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CERJZAHSUZVMCH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,2-dichloro-1-phenylethanone Chemical compound ClC(Cl)C(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 CERJZAHSUZVMCH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CISIJYCKDJSTMX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,2-dichloroethenylbenzene Chemical compound ClC(Cl)=CC1=CC=CC=C1 CISIJYCKDJSTMX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PIZHFBODNLEQBL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,2-diethoxy-1-phenylethanone Chemical compound CCOC(OCC)C(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 PIZHFBODNLEQBL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KWVGIHKZDCUPEU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,2-dimethoxy-2-phenylacetophenone Chemical compound C=1C=CC=CC=1C(OC)(OC)C(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 KWVGIHKZDCUPEU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KNSPBSQWRKKAPI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,2-dimethylcyclohexan-1-one Chemical compound CC1(C)CCCCC1=O KNSPBSQWRKKAPI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FTGZMZBYOHMEPS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,2-dimethylcyclopentan-1-one Chemical compound CC1(C)CCCC1=O FTGZMZBYOHMEPS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BTJPUDCSZVCXFQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,4-diethylthioxanthen-9-one Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C(=O)C3=CC(CC)=CC(CC)=C3SC2=C1 BTJPUDCSZVCXFQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LCHAFMWSFCONOO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,4-dimethylthioxanthen-9-one Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C(=O)C3=CC(C)=CC(C)=C3SC2=C1 LCHAFMWSFCONOO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MDKSQNHUHMMKPP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,5-bis(4-methoxyphenyl)-4-phenyl-1h-imidazole Chemical class C1=CC(OC)=CC=C1C1=NC(C=2C=CC=CC=2)=C(C=2C=CC(OC)=CC=2)N1 MDKSQNHUHMMKPP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KUMMBDBTERQYCG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,6-bis(hydroxymethyl)-4-methylphenol Chemical compound CC1=CC(CO)=C(O)C(CO)=C1 KUMMBDBTERQYCG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- AILVYPLQKCQNJC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,6-dimethylcyclohexan-1-one Chemical compound CC1CCCC(C)C1=O AILVYPLQKCQNJC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CTWRMVAKUSJNBK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-(2,4-dimethoxyphenyl)-4,5-diphenyl-1h-imidazole Chemical class COC1=CC(OC)=CC=C1C1=NC(C=2C=CC=CC=2)=C(C=2C=CC=CC=2)N1 CTWRMVAKUSJNBK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NSWNXQGJAPQOID-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-(2-chlorophenyl)-4,5-diphenyl-1h-imidazole Chemical class ClC1=CC=CC=C1C1=NC(C=2C=CC=CC=2)=C(C=2C=CC=CC=2)N1 NSWNXQGJAPQOID-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UIHRWPYOTGCOJP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-(2-fluorophenyl)-4,5-diphenyl-1h-imidazole Chemical class FC1=CC=CC=C1C1=NC(C=2C=CC=CC=2)=C(C=2C=CC=CC=2)N1 UIHRWPYOTGCOJP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XXXFZKQPYACQLD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-(2-hydroxyethoxy)ethyl acetate Chemical compound CC(=O)OCCOCCO XXXFZKQPYACQLD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DAVVKEZTUOGEAK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-(2-methoxyethoxy)ethyl 2-methylprop-2-enoate Chemical compound COCCOCCOC(=O)C(C)=C DAVVKEZTUOGEAK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HZMXJTJBSWOCQB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-(2-methoxyethoxy)ethyl prop-2-enoate Chemical compound COCCOCCOC(=O)C=C HZMXJTJBSWOCQB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XIOGJAPOAUEYJO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-(2-methoxyphenyl)-4,5-diphenyl-1h-imidazole Chemical class COC1=CC=CC=C1C1=NC(C=2C=CC=CC=2)=C(C=2C=CC=CC=2)N1 XIOGJAPOAUEYJO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SNFCQJAJPFWBDJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-(4-methoxyphenyl)-4,5-diphenyl-1h-imidazole Chemical class C1=CC(OC)=CC=C1C1=NC(C=2C=CC=CC=2)=C(C=2C=CC=CC=2)N1 SNFCQJAJPFWBDJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GZYZPHPDKCTFFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-(4-methylsulfanylphenyl)-4,5-diphenyl-1h-imidazole Chemical compound C1=CC(SC)=CC=C1C1=NC(C=2C=CC=CC=2)=C(C=2C=CC=CC=2)N1 GZYZPHPDKCTFFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HZAXFHJVJLSVMW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-Aminoethan-1-ol Chemical compound NCCO HZAXFHJVJLSVMW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GOXQRTZXKQZDDN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-Ethylhexyl acrylate Chemical compound CCCCC(CC)COC(=O)C=C GOXQRTZXKQZDDN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PTTPXKJBFFKCEK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-Methyl-4-heptanone Chemical compound CC(C)CC(=O)CC(C)C PTTPXKJBFFKCEK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZTJNPDLOIVDEEL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-acetyloxyethyl 2-methylprop-2-enoate Chemical compound CC(=C)C(=O)OCCOC(C)=O ZTJNPDLOIVDEEL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UFIOPCXETLAGLR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-acetyloxyethyl prop-2-enoate Chemical compound CC(=O)OCCOC(=O)C=C UFIOPCXETLAGLR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ICGLGDINCXDWJB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-benzylprop-2-enamide Chemical compound NC(=O)C(=C)CC1=CC=CC=C1 ICGLGDINCXDWJB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DZZAHLOABNWIFA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-butoxy-1,2-diphenylethanone Chemical compound C=1C=CC=CC=1C(OCCCC)C(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 DZZAHLOABNWIFA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- POAOYUHQDCAZBD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-butoxyethanol Chemical compound CCCCOCCO POAOYUHQDCAZBD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HXLLCROMVONRRO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-butoxyethenylbenzene Chemical compound CCCCOC=CC1=CC=CC=C1 HXLLCROMVONRRO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SBYMUDUGTIKLCR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-chloroethenylbenzene Chemical compound ClC=CC1=CC=CC=C1 SBYMUDUGTIKLCR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZCDADJXRUCOCJE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-chlorothioxanthen-9-one Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C(=O)C3=CC(Cl)=CC=C3SC2=C1 ZCDADJXRUCOCJE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BFSVOASYOCHEOV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-diethylaminoethanol Chemical compound CCN(CC)CCO BFSVOASYOCHEOV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JWCDUUFOAZFFMX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-ethenoxy-n,n-dimethylethanamine Chemical compound CN(C)CCOC=C JWCDUUFOAZFFMX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KMNCBSZOIQAUFX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-ethoxy-1,2-diphenylethanone Chemical compound C=1C=CC=CC=1C(OCC)C(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 KMNCBSZOIQAUFX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940093475 2-ethoxyethanol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- FWWXYLGCHHIKNY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-ethoxyethyl prop-2-enoate Chemical compound CCOCCOC(=O)C=C FWWXYLGCHHIKNY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SJEBAWHUJDUKQK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-ethylanthraquinone Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C(=O)C3=CC(CC)=CC=C3C(=O)C2=C1 SJEBAWHUJDUKQK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WDQMWEYDKDCEHT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-ethylhexyl 2-methylprop-2-enoate Chemical compound CCCCC(CC)COC(=O)C(C)=C WDQMWEYDKDCEHT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VZMLJEYQUZKERO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-hydroxy-1-(2-methylphenyl)-2-phenylethanone Chemical compound CC1=CC=CC=C1C(=O)C(O)C1=CC=CC=C1 VZMLJEYQUZKERO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KTWCUGUUDHJVIH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-hydroxybenzo[de]isoquinoline-1,3-dione Chemical compound C1=CC(C(N(O)C2=O)=O)=C3C2=CC=CC3=C1 KTWCUGUUDHJVIH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HXDLWJWIAHWIKI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-hydroxyethyl acetate Chemical compound CC(=O)OCCO HXDLWJWIAHWIKI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OMIGHNLMNHATMP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-hydroxyethyl prop-2-enoate Chemical compound OCCOC(=O)C=C OMIGHNLMNHATMP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PPPFYBPQAPISCT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-hydroxypropyl acetate Chemical compound CC(O)COC(C)=O PPPFYBPQAPISCT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BQZJOQXSCSZQPS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-methoxy-1,2-diphenylethanone Chemical compound C=1C=CC=CC=1C(OC)C(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 BQZJOQXSCSZQPS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CTHJQRHPNQEPAB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-methoxyethenylbenzene Chemical compound COC=CC1=CC=CC=C1 CTHJQRHPNQEPAB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YXYJVFYWCLAXHO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-methoxyethyl 2-methylprop-2-enoate Chemical compound COCCOC(=O)C(C)=C YXYJVFYWCLAXHO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HFCUBKYHMMPGBY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-methoxyethyl prop-2-enoate Chemical compound COCCOC(=O)C=C HFCUBKYHMMPGBY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- AEBNPEXFDZBTIB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-methyl-4-phenylbut-2-enamide Chemical compound NC(=O)C(C)=CCC1=CC=CC=C1 AEBNPEXFDZBTIB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JKOZWMQUOWYZAB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-methyladamantan-2-ol Chemical compound C1C(C2)CC3CC1C(C)(O)C2C3 JKOZWMQUOWYZAB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KFTHUBZIEMOORC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-methylbut-2-enamide Chemical compound CC=C(C)C(N)=O KFTHUBZIEMOORC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FDMAFOTXGNYBFG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-methylcycloheptan-1-one Chemical compound CC1CCCCCC1=O FDMAFOTXGNYBFG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XYYMFUCZDNNGFS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-methylheptan-3-one Chemical compound CCCCC(=O)C(C)C XYYMFUCZDNNGFS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZXQOBTQMLMZFOW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-methylhex-2-enamide Chemical compound CCCC=C(C)C(N)=O ZXQOBTQMLMZFOW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LPNSCOVIJFIXTJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-methylidenebutanamide Chemical compound CCC(=C)C(N)=O LPNSCOVIJFIXTJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YICILWNDMQTUIY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-methylidenepentanamide Chemical compound CCCC(=C)C(N)=O YICILWNDMQTUIY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BTOVVHWKPVSLBI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-methylprop-1-enylbenzene Chemical compound CC(C)=CC1=CC=CC=C1 BTOVVHWKPVSLBI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RUMACXVDVNRZJZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-methylpropyl 2-methylprop-2-enoate Chemical compound CC(C)COC(=O)C(C)=C RUMACXVDVNRZJZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CFVWNXQPGQOHRJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-methylpropyl prop-2-enoate Chemical compound CC(C)COC(=O)C=C CFVWNXQPGQOHRJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MYISVPVWAQRUTL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-methylthioxanthen-9-one Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C(=O)C3=CC(C)=CC=C3SC2=C1 MYISVPVWAQRUTL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NXKOSHBFVWYVIH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-n-(butoxymethyl)-1,3,5-triazine-2,4,6-triamine Chemical compound CCCCOCNC1=NC(N)=NC(N)=N1 NXKOSHBFVWYVIH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- AXYQEGMSGMXGGK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-phenoxy-1,2-diphenylethanone Chemical compound C=1C=CC=CC=1C(=O)C(C=1C=CC=CC=1)OC1=CC=CC=C1 AXYQEGMSGMXGGK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QCDWFXQBSFUVSP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-phenoxyethanol Chemical compound OCCOC1=CC=CC=C1 QCDWFXQBSFUVSP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FMFHUEMLVAIBFI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-phenylethenyl acetate Chemical compound CC(=O)OC=CC1=CC=CC=C1 FMFHUEMLVAIBFI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- IMOLAGKJZFODRK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-phenylprop-2-enamide Chemical compound NC(=O)C(=C)C1=CC=CC=C1 IMOLAGKJZFODRK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HCGFUIQPSOCUHI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-propan-2-yloxyethanol Chemical compound CC(C)OCCO HCGFUIQPSOCUHI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KTALPKYXQZGAEG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-propan-2-ylthioxanthen-9-one Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C(=O)C3=CC(C(C)C)=CC=C3SC2=C1 KTALPKYXQZGAEG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KGIGUEBEKRSTEW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-vinylpyridine Chemical compound C=CC1=CC=CC=N1 KGIGUEBEKRSTEW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ALZLTHLQMAFAPA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-Methylbutyrolactone Chemical compound CC1COC(=O)C1 ALZLTHLQMAFAPA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SDNHWPVAYKOIGU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-ethyl-2-methylpent-2-enamide Chemical compound CCC(CC)=C(C)C(N)=O SDNHWPVAYKOIGU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UVRCNEIYXSRHNT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-ethylpent-2-enamide Chemical compound CCC(CC)=CC(N)=O UVRCNEIYXSRHNT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PFCHFHIRKBAQGU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-hexanone Chemical compound CCCC(=O)CC PFCHFHIRKBAQGU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FWIBCWKHNZBDLS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-hydroxyoxolan-2-one Chemical compound OC1CCOC1=O FWIBCWKHNZBDLS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CEBRPXLXYCFYGU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-methylbut-1-enylbenzene Chemical compound CC(C)C=CC1=CC=CC=C1 CEBRPXLXYCFYGU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZTHJQCDAHYOPIK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-methylbut-2-en-2-ylbenzene Chemical compound CC(C)=C(C)C1=CC=CC=C1 ZTHJQCDAHYOPIK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WHNPOQXWAMXPTA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-methylbut-2-enamide Chemical compound CC(C)=CC(N)=O WHNPOQXWAMXPTA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GSYFDULLCGVSNJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-methylcycloheptan-1-one Chemical compound CC1CCCCC(=O)C1 GSYFDULLCGVSNJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- AOKRXIIIYJGNNU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-methylcyclopentan-1-one Chemical compound CC1CCC(=O)C1 AOKRXIIIYJGNNU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LDMRLRNXHLPZJN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-propoxypropan-1-ol Chemical compound CCCOCCCO LDMRLRNXHLPZJN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VVBLNCFGVYUYGU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4,4'-Bis(dimethylamino)benzophenone Chemical compound C1=CC(N(C)C)=CC=C1C(=O)C1=CC=C(N(C)C)C=C1 VVBLNCFGVYUYGU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- AZASWMGVGQEVCS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4,4-dimethylpentan-2-one Chemical compound CC(=O)CC(C)(C)C AZASWMGVGQEVCS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JLBJTVDPSNHSKJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-Methylstyrene Chemical compound CC1=CC=C(C=C)C=C1 JLBJTVDPSNHSKJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UNDXPKDBFOOQFC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-[2-nitro-4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]morpholine Chemical compound [O-][N+](=O)C1=CC(C(F)(F)F)=CC=C1N1CCOCC1 UNDXPKDBFOOQFC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OKSDJGWHKXFVME-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-ethylcyclohexan-1-one Chemical compound CCC1CCC(=O)CC1 OKSDJGWHKXFVME-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NOJYODYRROSGIM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 5-(hydroxymethyl)bicyclo[2.2.1]heptane-2,3-diol Chemical compound C1C2C(CO)CC1C(O)C2O NOJYODYRROSGIM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RNDVGJZUHCKENF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 5-hexen-2-one Chemical compound CC(=O)CCC=C RNDVGJZUHCKENF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PSBKJPTZCVYXSD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 5-methylheptan-3-one Chemical compound CCC(C)CC(=O)CC PSBKJPTZCVYXSD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NUXLDNTZFXDNBA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 6-bromo-2-methyl-4h-1,4-benzoxazin-3-one Chemical compound C1=C(Br)C=C2NC(=O)C(C)OC2=C1 NUXLDNTZFXDNBA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YYVYAPXYZVYDHN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 9,10-phenanthroquinone Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C(=O)C(=O)C3=CC=CC=C3C2=C1 YYVYAPXYZVYDHN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YDTZWEXADJYOBJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 9-(7-acridin-9-ylheptyl)acridine Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C(CCCCCCCC=3C4=CC=CC=C4N=C4C=CC=CC4=3)=C(C=CC=C3)C3=NC2=C1 YDTZWEXADJYOBJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MTRFEWTWIPAXLG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 9-phenylacridine Chemical compound C1=CC=CC=C1C1=C(C=CC=C2)C2=NC2=CC=CC=C12 MTRFEWTWIPAXLG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HRPVXLWXLXDGHG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acrylamide Chemical compound NC(=O)C=C HRPVXLWXLXDGHG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NLHHRLWOUZZQLW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acrylonitrile Chemical compound C=CC#N NLHHRLWOUZZQLW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YNMZZHPSYMOGCI-UHFFFAOYSA-N Aethyl-octyl-keton Natural products CCCCCCCCC(=O)CC YNMZZHPSYMOGCI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910016570 AlCu Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- QGZKDVFQNNGYKY-UHFFFAOYSA-O Ammonium Chemical compound [NH4+] QGZKDVFQNNGYKY-UHFFFAOYSA-O 0.000 description 1
- VHUUQVKOLVNVRT-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ammonium hydroxide Chemical compound [NH4+].[OH-] VHUUQVKOLVNVRT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910001020 Au alloy Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- MRABAEUHTLLEML-UHFFFAOYSA-N Butyl lactate Chemical compound CCCCOC(=O)C(C)O MRABAEUHTLLEML-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QKYXNOHKSLKSKJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N C(C)(=O)OCC(COCC(COCC(COC(C)=O)O)(COCC(COC(C)=O)O)COCC(COC(C)=O)O)O Chemical compound C(C)(=O)OCC(COCC(COCC(COC(C)=O)O)(COCC(COC(C)=O)O)COCC(COC(C)=O)O)O QKYXNOHKSLKSKJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GQOOTAXWUQAXDI-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC(O)=O.CCCOCC(C)OC Chemical compound CC(O)=O.CCCOCC(C)OC GQOOTAXWUQAXDI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000005635 Caprylic acid (CAS 124-07-2) Substances 0.000 description 1
- BVKZGUZCCUSVTD-UHFFFAOYSA-L Carbonate Chemical compound [O-]C([O-])=O BVKZGUZCCUSVTD-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 229910000881 Cu alloy Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- XDTMQSROBMDMFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Cyclohexane Chemical compound C1CCCCC1 XDTMQSROBMDMFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QGLBZNZGBLRJGS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dihydro-3-methyl-2(3H)-furanone Chemical compound CC1CCOC1=O QGLBZNZGBLRJGS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RWSOTUBLDIXVET-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dihydrogen sulfide Chemical class S RWSOTUBLDIXVET-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LCGLNKUTAGEVQW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dimethyl ether Chemical group COC LCGLNKUTAGEVQW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000004593 Epoxy Substances 0.000 description 1
- JIGUQPWFLRLWPJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethyl acrylate Chemical compound CCOC(=O)C=C JIGUQPWFLRLWPJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MZNHUHNWGVUEAT-XBXARRHUSA-N Hexyl crotonate Chemical compound CCCCCCOC(=O)\C=C\C MZNHUHNWGVUEAT-XBXARRHUSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WOBHKFSMXKNTIM-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydroxyethyl methacrylate Chemical compound CC(=C)C(=O)OCCO WOBHKFSMXKNTIM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JVTAAEKCZFNVCJ-UHFFFAOYSA-M Lactate Chemical compound CC(O)C([O-])=O JVTAAEKCZFNVCJ-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- PEEHTFAAVSWFBL-UHFFFAOYSA-N Maleimide Chemical compound O=C1NC(=O)C=C1 PEEHTFAAVSWFBL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CERQOIWHTDAKMF-UHFFFAOYSA-M Methacrylate Chemical compound CC(=C)C([O-])=O CERQOIWHTDAKMF-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- BWPYBAJTDILQPY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methoxyphenone Chemical compound C1=C(C)C(OC)=CC=C1C(=O)C1=CC=CC(C)=C1 BWPYBAJTDILQPY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QPJVMBTYPHYUOC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methyl benzoate Natural products COC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 QPJVMBTYPHYUOC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VVQNEPGJFQJSBK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methyl methacrylate Chemical compound COC(=O)C(C)=C VVQNEPGJFQJSBK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XYVQFUJDGOBPQI-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methyl-2-hydoxyisobutyric acid Chemical compound COC(=O)C(C)(C)O XYVQFUJDGOBPQI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FXHOOIRPVKKKFG-UHFFFAOYSA-N N,N-Dimethylacetamide Chemical compound CN(C)C(C)=O FXHOOIRPVKKKFG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WHNWPMSKXPGLAX-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-Vinyl-2-pyrrolidone Chemical compound C=CN1CCCC1=O WHNWPMSKXPGLAX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UEEJHVSXFDXPFK-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-dimethylaminoethanol Chemical compound CN(C)CCO UEEJHVSXFDXPFK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OHLUUHNLEMFGTQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-methylacetamide Chemical compound CNC(C)=O OHLUUHNLEMFGTQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NPKSPKHJBVJUKB-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-phenylglycine Chemical compound OC(=O)CNC1=CC=CC=C1 NPKSPKHJBVJUKB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910000990 Ni alloy Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000004820 Pressure-sensitive adhesive Substances 0.000 description 1
- XBDQKXXYIPTUBI-UHFFFAOYSA-N Propionic acid Chemical class CCC(O)=O XBDQKXXYIPTUBI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GOOHAUXETOMSMM-UHFFFAOYSA-N Propylene oxide Chemical compound CC1CO1 GOOHAUXETOMSMM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910052581 Si3N4 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- UIIMBOGNXHQVGW-DEQYMQKBSA-M Sodium bicarbonate-14C Chemical compound [Na+].O[14C]([O-])=O UIIMBOGNXHQVGW-DEQYMQKBSA-M 0.000 description 1
- XSTXAVWGXDQKEL-UHFFFAOYSA-N Trichloroethylene Chemical group ClC=C(Cl)Cl XSTXAVWGXDQKEL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GSEJCLTVZPLZKY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Triethanolamine Chemical compound OCCN(CCO)CCO GSEJCLTVZPLZKY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XTXRWKRVRITETP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Vinyl acetate Chemical compound CC(=O)OC=C XTXRWKRVRITETP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QYKIQEUNHZKYBP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Vinyl ether Chemical class C=COC=C QYKIQEUNHZKYBP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YMOONIIMQBGTDU-VOTSOKGWSA-N [(e)-2-bromoethenyl]benzene Chemical compound Br\C=C\C1=CC=CC=C1 YMOONIIMQBGTDU-VOTSOKGWSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ORLQHILJRHBSAY-UHFFFAOYSA-N [1-(hydroxymethyl)cyclohexyl]methanol Chemical compound OCC1(CO)CCCCC1 ORLQHILJRHBSAY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OLXYYDIQOLDNJX-UHFFFAOYSA-N [3-(2-chloroacetyl)oxy-2-hydroxypropyl] 2-methylprop-2-enoate Chemical compound CC(=C)C(=O)OCC(O)COC(=O)CCl OLXYYDIQOLDNJX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ARNIZPSLPHFDED-UHFFFAOYSA-N [4-(dimethylamino)phenyl]-(4-methoxyphenyl)methanone Chemical compound C1=CC(OC)=CC=C1C(=O)C1=CC=C(N(C)C)C=C1 ARNIZPSLPHFDED-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000002835 absorbance Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000010521 absorption reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- XRLHGXGMYJNYCR-UHFFFAOYSA-N acetic acid;2-(2-hydroxypropoxy)propan-1-ol Chemical compound CC(O)=O.CC(O)COC(C)CO XRLHGXGMYJNYCR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000008062 acetophenones Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000001251 acridines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000003926 acrylamides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229920000800 acrylic rubber Polymers 0.000 description 1
- ORILYTVJVMAKLC-UHFFFAOYSA-N adamantane Chemical compound C1C(C2)CC3CC1CC2C3 ORILYTVJVMAKLC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910001573 adamantine Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 238000007754 air knife coating Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000005456 alcohol based solvent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000004849 alkoxymethyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- XYLMUPLGERFSHI-UHFFFAOYSA-N alpha-Methylstyrene Chemical compound CC(=C)C1=CC=CC=C1 XYLMUPLGERFSHI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000004075 alteration Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229920003180 amino resin Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229910021529 ammonia Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 235000011114 ammonium hydroxide Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- PYKYMHQGRFAEBM-UHFFFAOYSA-N anthraquinone Natural products CCC(=O)c1c(O)c2C(=O)C3C(C=CC=C3O)C(=O)c2cc1CC(=O)OC PYKYMHQGRFAEBM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000004056 anthraquinones Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000006117 anti-reflective coating Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940027998 antiseptic and disinfectant acridine derivative Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 150000004945 aromatic hydrocarbons Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000008365 aromatic ketones Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000012298 atmosphere Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000007611 bar coating method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229960002130 benzoin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- RWCCWEUUXYIKHB-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzophenone Chemical compound C=1C=CC=CC=1C(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 RWCCWEUUXYIKHB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940024874 benzophenone Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000012965 benzophenone Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940007550 benzyl acetate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000019445 benzyl alcohol Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- GCTPMLUUWLLESL-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzyl prop-2-enoate Chemical compound C=CC(=O)OCC1=CC=CC=C1 GCTPMLUUWLLESL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GSCLMSFRWBPUSK-UHFFFAOYSA-N beta-Butyrolactone Chemical compound CC1CC(=O)O1 GSCLMSFRWBPUSK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VEZXCJBBBCKRPI-UHFFFAOYSA-N beta-propiolactone Chemical compound O=C1CCO1 VEZXCJBBBCKRPI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HPPSOVBQPGUHDN-UHFFFAOYSA-N bis(2,3-ditert-butylphenyl)iodanium Chemical compound CC(C)(C)C1=CC=CC([I+]C=2C(=C(C=CC=2)C(C)(C)C)C(C)(C)C)=C1C(C)(C)C HPPSOVBQPGUHDN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NNOOIWZFFJUFBS-UHFFFAOYSA-M bis(2-tert-butylphenyl)iodanium;trifluoromethanesulfonate Chemical compound [O-]S(=O)(=O)C(F)(F)F.CC(C)(C)C1=CC=CC=C1[I+]C1=CC=CC=C1C(C)(C)C NNOOIWZFFJUFBS-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- VYHBFRJRBHMIQZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N bis[4-(diethylamino)phenyl]methanone Chemical compound C1=CC(N(CC)CC)=CC=C1C(=O)C1=CC=C(N(CC)CC)C=C1 VYHBFRJRBHMIQZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MPMBRWOOISTHJV-UHFFFAOYSA-N but-1-enylbenzene Chemical compound CCC=CC1=CC=CC=C1 MPMBRWOOISTHJV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HQABUPZFAYXKJW-UHFFFAOYSA-N butan-1-amine Chemical compound CCCCN HQABUPZFAYXKJW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000001191 butyl (2R)-2-hydroxypropanoate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940043232 butyl acetate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- CQEYYJKEWSMYFG-UHFFFAOYSA-N butyl acrylate Chemical compound CCCCOC(=O)C=C CQEYYJKEWSMYFG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000000919 ceramic Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000007795 chemical reaction product Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000000576 coating method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000003086 colorant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000012141 concentrate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000010276 construction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000001816 cooling Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229910000365 copper sulfate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- IUYOGGFTLHZHEG-UHFFFAOYSA-N copper titanium Chemical compound [Ti].[Cu] IUYOGGFTLHZHEG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000005336 cracking Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000004132 cross linking Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000007766 curtain coating Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000004093 cyano group Chemical group *C#N 0.000 description 1
- 150000004292 cyclic ethers Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- CGZZMOTZOONQIA-UHFFFAOYSA-N cycloheptanone Chemical compound O=C1CCCCCC1 CGZZMOTZOONQIA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FSDSKERRNURGGO-UHFFFAOYSA-N cyclohexane-1,3,5-triol Chemical compound OC1CC(O)CC(O)C1 FSDSKERRNURGGO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KBLWLMPSVYBVDK-UHFFFAOYSA-N cyclohexyl prop-2-enoate Chemical compound C=CC(=O)OC1CCCCC1 KBLWLMPSVYBVDK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960002887 deanol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- MKJDUHZPLQYUCB-UHFFFAOYSA-N decan-4-one Chemical compound CCCCCCC(=O)CCC MKJDUHZPLQYUCB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000000151 deposition Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000008021 deposition Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000005520 diaryliodonium group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 150000001989 diazonium salts Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- JBSLOWBPDRZSMB-BQYQJAHWSA-N dibutyl (e)-but-2-enedioate Chemical compound CCCCOC(=O)\C=C\C(=O)OCCCC JBSLOWBPDRZSMB-BQYQJAHWSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JBSLOWBPDRZSMB-FPLPWBNLSA-N dibutyl (z)-but-2-enedioate Chemical compound CCCCOC(=O)\C=C/C(=O)OCCCC JBSLOWBPDRZSMB-FPLPWBNLSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OGVXYCDTRMDYOG-UHFFFAOYSA-N dibutyl 2-methylidenebutanedioate Chemical compound CCCCOC(=O)CC(=C)C(=O)OCCCC OGVXYCDTRMDYOG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZBCBWPMODOFKDW-UHFFFAOYSA-N diethanolamine Chemical compound OCCNCCO ZBCBWPMODOFKDW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZEFVHSWKYCYFFL-UHFFFAOYSA-N diethyl 2-methylidenebutanedioate Chemical compound CCOC(=O)CC(=C)C(=O)OCC ZEFVHSWKYCYFFL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XSBSXJAYEPDGSF-UHFFFAOYSA-N diethyl 3,5-dimethyl-1h-pyrrole-2,4-dicarboxylate Chemical compound CCOC(=O)C=1NC(C)=C(C(=O)OCC)C=1C XSBSXJAYEPDGSF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- IEPRKVQEAMIZSS-AATRIKPKSA-N diethyl fumarate Chemical compound CCOC(=O)\C=C\C(=O)OCC IEPRKVQEAMIZSS-AATRIKPKSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WYACBZDAHNBPPB-UHFFFAOYSA-N diethyl oxalate Chemical compound CCOC(=O)C(=O)OCC WYACBZDAHNBPPB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HPNMFZURTQLUMO-UHFFFAOYSA-N diethylamine Chemical compound CCNCC HPNMFZURTQLUMO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940019778 diethylene glycol diethyl ether Drugs 0.000 description 1
- XXJWXESWEXIICW-UHFFFAOYSA-N diethylene glycol monoethyl ether Chemical compound CCOCCOCCO XXJWXESWEXIICW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940075557 diethylene glycol monoethyl ether Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940043279 diisopropylamine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000000539 dimer Substances 0.000 description 1
- ZWWQRMFIZFPUAA-UHFFFAOYSA-N dimethyl 2-methylidenebutanedioate Chemical compound COC(=O)CC(=C)C(=O)OC ZWWQRMFIZFPUAA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LDCRTTXIJACKKU-ONEGZZNKSA-N dimethyl fumarate Chemical compound COC(=O)\C=C\C(=O)OC LDCRTTXIJACKKU-ONEGZZNKSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960004419 dimethyl fumarate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- LDCRTTXIJACKKU-ARJAWSKDSA-N dimethyl maleate Chemical compound COC(=O)\C=C/C(=O)OC LDCRTTXIJACKKU-ARJAWSKDSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000003618 dip coating Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000012990 dithiocarbamate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000001035 drying Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000009977 dual effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000000694 effects Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000010894 electron beam technology Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000005516 engineering process Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000003700 epoxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000003822 epoxy resin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003759 ester based solvent Substances 0.000 description 1
- AFIQVBFAKUPHOA-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethenyl 2-methoxyacetate Chemical compound COCC(=O)OC=C AFIQVBFAKUPHOA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UIWXSTHGICQLQT-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethenyl propanoate Chemical compound CCC(=O)OC=C UIWXSTHGICQLQT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000004210 ether based solvent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000002170 ethers Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- CKSRFHWWBKRUKA-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethyl 2-ethoxyacetate Chemical compound CCOCC(=O)OCC CKSRFHWWBKRUKA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UHKJHMOIRYZSTH-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethyl 2-ethoxypropanoate Chemical compound CCOC(C)C(=O)OCC UHKJHMOIRYZSTH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GFUIDHWFLMPAGY-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethyl 2-hydroxy-2-methylpropanoate Chemical compound CCOC(=O)C(C)(C)O GFUIDHWFLMPAGY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZANNOFHADGWOLI-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethyl 2-hydroxyacetate Chemical compound CCOC(=O)CO ZANNOFHADGWOLI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SUPCQIBBMFXVTL-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethyl 2-methylprop-2-enoate Chemical compound CCOC(=O)C(C)=C SUPCQIBBMFXVTL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940093499 ethyl acetate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- FWKGEANWQNXYRM-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethyl n-[6-(ethoxycarbonylamino)hexyl]carbamate Chemical compound CCOC(=O)NCCCCCCNC(=O)OCC FWKGEANWQNXYRM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000007765 extrusion coating Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000000945 filler Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052732 germanium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- GNPVGFCGXDBREM-UHFFFAOYSA-N germanium atom Chemical compound [Ge] GNPVGFCGXDBREM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000003292 glue Substances 0.000 description 1
- PCHJSUWPFVWCPO-UHFFFAOYSA-N gold Chemical compound [Au] PCHJSUWPFVWCPO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000007756 gravure coating Methods 0.000 description 1
- DMEGYFMYUHOHGS-UHFFFAOYSA-N heptamethylene Natural products C1CCCCCC1 DMEGYFMYUHOHGS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KETWBQOXTBGBBN-UHFFFAOYSA-N hex-1-enylbenzene Chemical compound CCCCC=CC1=CC=CC=C1 KETWBQOXTBGBBN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LNCPIMCVTKXXOY-UHFFFAOYSA-N hexyl 2-methylprop-2-enoate Chemical compound CCCCCCOC(=O)C(C)=C LNCPIMCVTKXXOY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LNMQRPPRQDGUDR-UHFFFAOYSA-N hexyl prop-2-enoate Chemical compound CCCCCCOC(=O)C=C LNMQRPPRQDGUDR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000002429 hydrazines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000004435 hydrogen atom Chemical group [H]* 0.000 description 1
- XMBWDFGMSWQBCA-UHFFFAOYSA-N hydrogen iodide Chemical class I XMBWDFGMSWQBCA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004029 hydroxymethyl group Chemical group [H]OC([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 238000005286 illumination Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000004941 influx Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000011229 interlayer Substances 0.000 description 1
- MGFYSGNNHQQTJW-UHFFFAOYSA-N iodonium Chemical compound [IH2+] MGFYSGNNHQQTJW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000002955 isolation Methods 0.000 description 1
- JJWLVOIRVHMVIS-UHFFFAOYSA-N isopropylamine Chemical compound CC(C)N JJWLVOIRVHMVIS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000002576 ketones Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000002596 lactones Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- QSHDDOUJBYECFT-UHFFFAOYSA-N mercury Chemical compound [Hg] QSHDDOUJBYECFT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910001092 metal group alloy Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- FMXYCZVOMYLMKM-UHFFFAOYSA-N methyl 2-hydroxy-2-methylbutanoate Chemical compound CCC(C)(O)C(=O)OC FMXYCZVOMYLMKM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940095102 methyl benzoate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940086559 methyl benzoin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- MQWCXKGKQLNYQG-UHFFFAOYSA-N methyl cyclohexan-4-ol Natural products CC1CCC(O)CC1 MQWCXKGKQLNYQG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XJRBAMWJDBPFIM-UHFFFAOYSA-N methyl vinyl ether Chemical compound COC=C XJRBAMWJDBPFIM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QRWZCJXEAOZAAW-UHFFFAOYSA-N n,n,2-trimethylprop-2-enamide Chemical compound CN(C)C(=O)C(C)=C QRWZCJXEAOZAAW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SWSFFBPGDIHBJL-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-(2-methoxyethyl)-2-methylprop-2-enamide Chemical compound COCCNC(=O)C(C)=C SWSFFBPGDIHBJL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KIHJKWNSLAKEPK-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-(2-methoxyethyl)prop-2-enamide Chemical compound COCCNC(=O)C=C KIHJKWNSLAKEPK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YKYONYBAUNKHLG-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-Propyl acetate Natural products CCCOC(C)=O YKYONYBAUNKHLG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VQGWOOIHSXNRPW-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-butyl-2-methylprop-2-enamide Chemical compound CCCCNC(=O)C(C)=C VQGWOOIHSXNRPW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YRVUCYWJQFRCOB-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-butylprop-2-enamide Chemical compound CCCCNC(=O)C=C YRVUCYWJQFRCOB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JBLADNFGVOKFSU-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-cyclohexyl-2-methylprop-2-enamide Chemical compound CC(=C)C(=O)NC1CCCCC1 JBLADNFGVOKFSU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PMJFVKWBSWWAKT-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-cyclohexylprop-2-enamide Chemical compound C=CC(=O)NC1CCCCC1 PMJFVKWBSWWAKT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZIWDVJPPVMGJGR-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-ethyl-2-methylprop-2-enamide Chemical compound CCNC(=O)C(C)=C ZIWDVJPPVMGJGR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JIKUXBYRTXDNIY-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-methyl-n-phenylformamide Chemical compound O=CN(C)C1=CC=CC=C1 JIKUXBYRTXDNIY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QQZXAODFGRZKJT-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-tert-butyl-2-methylprop-2-enamide Chemical compound CC(=C)C(=O)NC(C)(C)C QQZXAODFGRZKJT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XFHJDMUEHUHAJW-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-tert-butylprop-2-enamide Chemical compound CC(C)(C)NC(=O)C=C XFHJDMUEHUHAJW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KKFHAJHLJHVUDM-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-vinylcarbazole Chemical compound C1=CC=C2N(C=C)C3=CC=CC=C3C2=C1 KKFHAJHLJHVUDM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000002791 naphthoquinones Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000006502 nitrobenzyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- WSGCRAOTEDLMFQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N nonan-5-one Chemical compound CCCCC(=O)CCCC WSGCRAOTEDLMFQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- TVMXDCGIABBOFY-UHFFFAOYSA-N octane Chemical compound CCCCCCCC TVMXDCGIABBOFY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960002446 octanoic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- TWNQGVIAIRXVLR-UHFFFAOYSA-N oxo(oxoalumanyloxy)alumane Chemical compound O=[Al]O[Al]=O TWNQGVIAIRXVLR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000000149 penetrating effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- WXZMFSXDPGVJKK-UHFFFAOYSA-N pentaerythritol Chemical compound OCC(CO)(CO)CO WXZMFSXDPGVJKK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PNJWIWWMYCMZRO-UHFFFAOYSA-N pent‐4‐en‐2‐one Natural products CC(=O)CC=C PNJWIWWMYCMZRO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000005011 phenolic resin Substances 0.000 description 1
- QIWKUEJZZCOPFV-UHFFFAOYSA-N phenyl 2-methylprop-2-enoate Chemical compound CC(=C)C(=O)OC1=CC=CC=C1 QIWKUEJZZCOPFV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000001997 phenyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(*)C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 1
- WRAQQYDMVSCOTE-UHFFFAOYSA-N phenyl prop-2-enoate Chemical compound C=CC(=O)OC1=CC=CC=C1 WRAQQYDMVSCOTE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WVDDGKGOMKODPV-ZQBYOMGUSA-N phenyl(114C)methanol Chemical compound O[14CH2]C1=CC=CC=C1 WVDDGKGOMKODPV-ZQBYOMGUSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000004714 phosphonium salts Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000005240 physical vapour deposition Methods 0.000 description 1
- PJGSXYOJTGTZAV-UHFFFAOYSA-N pinacolone Chemical compound CC(=O)C(C)(C)C PJGSXYOJTGTZAV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000004014 plasticizer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000005498 polishing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000007517 polishing process Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229920000058 polyacrylate Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 125000003367 polycyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 229920000307 polymer substrate Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 235000019353 potassium silicate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229910052913 potassium silicate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- BDERNNFJNOPAEC-UHFFFAOYSA-N propan-1-ol Chemical compound CCCO BDERNNFJNOPAEC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BOQSSGDQNWEFSX-UHFFFAOYSA-N propan-2-yl 2-methylprop-2-enoate Chemical compound CC(C)OC(=O)C(C)=C BOQSSGDQNWEFSX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LYBIZMNPXTXVMV-UHFFFAOYSA-N propan-2-yl prop-2-enoate Chemical compound CC(C)OC(=O)C=C LYBIZMNPXTXVMV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960000380 propiolactone Drugs 0.000 description 1
- ILVGAIQLOCKNQA-UHFFFAOYSA-N propyl 2-hydroxypropanoate Chemical compound CCCOC(=O)C(C)O ILVGAIQLOCKNQA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NHARPDSAXCBDDR-UHFFFAOYSA-N propyl 2-methylprop-2-enoate Chemical compound CCCOC(=O)C(C)=C NHARPDSAXCBDDR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ILPVOWZUBFRIAX-UHFFFAOYSA-N propyl 2-oxopropanoate Chemical compound CCCOC(=O)C(C)=O ILPVOWZUBFRIAX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940090181 propyl acetate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- PNXMTCDJUBJHQJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N propyl prop-2-enoate Chemical compound CCCOC(=O)C=C PNXMTCDJUBJHQJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RUOJZAUFBMNUDX-UHFFFAOYSA-N propylene carbonate Chemical compound CC1COC(=O)O1 RUOJZAUFBMNUDX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000001681 protective effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000011241 protective layer Substances 0.000 description 1
- UMJSCPRVCHMLSP-UHFFFAOYSA-N pyridine Natural products COC1=CC=CN=C1 UMJSCPRVCHMLSP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940079877 pyrogallol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 150000003232 pyrogallols Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000001453 quaternary ammonium group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 230000009467 reduction Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000007650 screen-printing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000007789 sealing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 235000012239 silicon dioxide Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- HQVNEWCFYHHQES-UHFFFAOYSA-N silicon nitride Chemical compound N12[Si]34N5[Si]62N3[Si]51N64 HQVNEWCFYHHQES-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000002210 silicon-based material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000019794 sodium silicate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000003381 stabilizer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000006467 substitution reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000005846 sugar alcohols Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 125000000565 sulfonamide group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- BDHFUVZGWQCTTF-UHFFFAOYSA-M sulfonate Chemical compound [O-]S(=O)=O BDHFUVZGWQCTTF-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 150000003871 sulfonates Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000004094 surface-active agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- VAOHZKXZONQRLI-UHFFFAOYSA-N tert-butyl 2-(4-methylphenyl)sulfonyloxy-2-phenylacetate Chemical compound C(C)(C)(C)OC(C(OS(=O)(=O)C1=CC=C(C=C1)C)C1=CC=CC=C1)=O VAOHZKXZONQRLI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MNEZBXTZLVGVNY-UHFFFAOYSA-N tert-butyl 2-(4-methylphenyl)sulfonyloxyacetate Chemical compound CC1=CC=C(S(=O)(=O)OCC(=O)OC(C)(C)C)C=C1 MNEZBXTZLVGVNY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SJMYWORNLPSJQO-UHFFFAOYSA-N tert-butyl 2-methylprop-2-enoate Chemical compound CC(=C)C(=O)OC(C)(C)C SJMYWORNLPSJQO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ISXSCDLOGDJUNJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N tert-butyl prop-2-enoate Chemical compound CC(C)(C)OC(=O)C=C ISXSCDLOGDJUNJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940073455 tetraethylammonium hydroxide Drugs 0.000 description 1
- LRGJRHZIDJQFCL-UHFFFAOYSA-M tetraethylazanium;hydroxide Chemical compound [OH-].CC[N+](CC)(CC)CC LRGJRHZIDJQFCL-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- HTSABYAWKQAHBT-UHFFFAOYSA-N trans 3-methylcyclohexanol Natural products CC1CCCC(O)C1 HTSABYAWKQAHBT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000005409 triarylsulfonium group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 150000003918 triazines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- UBOXGVDOUJQMTN-UHFFFAOYSA-N trichloroethylene Natural products ClCC(Cl)Cl UBOXGVDOUJQMTN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RKBCYCFRFCNLTO-UHFFFAOYSA-N triisopropylamine Chemical compound CC(C)N(C(C)C)C(C)C RKBCYCFRFCNLTO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FAYMLNNRGCYLSR-UHFFFAOYSA-M triphenylsulfonium triflate Chemical compound [O-]S(=O)(=O)C(F)(F)F.C1=CC=CC=C1[S+](C=1C=CC=CC=1)C1=CC=CC=C1 FAYMLNNRGCYLSR-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- NQPDZGIKBAWPEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N valeric acid Chemical compound CCCCC(O)=O NQPDZGIKBAWPEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KOZCZZVUFDCZGG-UHFFFAOYSA-N vinyl benzoate Chemical compound C=COC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 KOZCZZVUFDCZGG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229920002554 vinyl polymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N water Substances O XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910052724 xenon Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- FHNFHKCVQCLJFQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N xenon atom Chemical compound [Xe] FHNFHKCVQCLJFQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
Images
Classifications
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
- H01L23/00—Details of semiconductor or other solid state devices
- H01L23/28—Encapsulations, e.g. encapsulating layers, coatings, e.g. for protection
- H01L23/31—Encapsulations, e.g. encapsulating layers, coatings, e.g. for protection characterised by the arrangement or shape
- H01L23/3107—Encapsulations, e.g. encapsulating layers, coatings, e.g. for protection characterised by the arrangement or shape the device being completely enclosed
- H01L23/3114—Encapsulations, e.g. encapsulating layers, coatings, e.g. for protection characterised by the arrangement or shape the device being completely enclosed the device being a chip scale package, e.g. CSP
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
- H01L21/00—Processes or apparatus adapted for the manufacture or treatment of semiconductor or solid state devices or of parts thereof
- H01L21/02—Manufacture or treatment of semiconductor devices or of parts thereof
- H01L21/04—Manufacture or treatment of semiconductor devices or of parts thereof the devices having at least one potential-jump barrier or surface barrier, e.g. PN junction, depletion layer or carrier concentration layer
- H01L21/50—Assembly of semiconductor devices using processes or apparatus not provided for in a single one of the subgroups H01L21/06 - H01L21/326, e.g. sealing of a cap to a base of a container
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
- H01L21/00—Processes or apparatus adapted for the manufacture or treatment of semiconductor or solid state devices or of parts thereof
- H01L21/02—Manufacture or treatment of semiconductor devices or of parts thereof
- H01L21/04—Manufacture or treatment of semiconductor devices or of parts thereof the devices having at least one potential-jump barrier or surface barrier, e.g. PN junction, depletion layer or carrier concentration layer
- H01L21/48—Manufacture or treatment of parts, e.g. containers, prior to assembly of the devices, using processes not provided for in a single one of the subgroups H01L21/06 - H01L21/326
- H01L21/4814—Conductive parts
- H01L21/4846—Leads on or in insulating or insulated substrates, e.g. metallisation
- H01L21/4853—Connection or disconnection of other leads to or from a metallisation, e.g. pins, wires, bumps
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G03—PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
- G03F—PHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
- G03F7/00—Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
- G03F7/004—Photosensitive materials
- G03F7/09—Photosensitive materials characterised by structural details, e.g. supports, auxiliary layers
- G03F7/11—Photosensitive materials characterised by structural details, e.g. supports, auxiliary layers having cover layers or intermediate layers, e.g. subbing layers
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G03—PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
- G03F—PHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
- G03F7/00—Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
- G03F7/26—Processing photosensitive materials; Apparatus therefor
- G03F7/40—Treatment after imagewise removal, e.g. baking
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
- H01L21/00—Processes or apparatus adapted for the manufacture or treatment of semiconductor or solid state devices or of parts thereof
- H01L21/02—Manufacture or treatment of semiconductor devices or of parts thereof
- H01L21/027—Making masks on semiconductor bodies for further photolithographic processing not provided for in group H01L21/18 or H01L21/34
- H01L21/0271—Making masks on semiconductor bodies for further photolithographic processing not provided for in group H01L21/18 or H01L21/34 comprising organic layers
- H01L21/0272—Making masks on semiconductor bodies for further photolithographic processing not provided for in group H01L21/18 or H01L21/34 comprising organic layers for lift-off processes
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
- H01L21/00—Processes or apparatus adapted for the manufacture or treatment of semiconductor or solid state devices or of parts thereof
- H01L21/02—Manufacture or treatment of semiconductor devices or of parts thereof
- H01L21/027—Making masks on semiconductor bodies for further photolithographic processing not provided for in group H01L21/18 or H01L21/34
- H01L21/0271—Making masks on semiconductor bodies for further photolithographic processing not provided for in group H01L21/18 or H01L21/34 comprising organic layers
- H01L21/0273—Making masks on semiconductor bodies for further photolithographic processing not provided for in group H01L21/18 or H01L21/34 comprising organic layers characterised by the treatment of photoresist layers
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
- H01L21/00—Processes or apparatus adapted for the manufacture or treatment of semiconductor or solid state devices or of parts thereof
- H01L21/02—Manufacture or treatment of semiconductor devices or of parts thereof
- H01L21/027—Making masks on semiconductor bodies for further photolithographic processing not provided for in group H01L21/18 or H01L21/34
- H01L21/0271—Making masks on semiconductor bodies for further photolithographic processing not provided for in group H01L21/18 or H01L21/34 comprising organic layers
- H01L21/0273—Making masks on semiconductor bodies for further photolithographic processing not provided for in group H01L21/18 or H01L21/34 comprising organic layers characterised by the treatment of photoresist layers
- H01L21/0274—Photolithographic processes
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
- H01L21/00—Processes or apparatus adapted for the manufacture or treatment of semiconductor or solid state devices or of parts thereof
- H01L21/02—Manufacture or treatment of semiconductor devices or of parts thereof
- H01L21/027—Making masks on semiconductor bodies for further photolithographic processing not provided for in group H01L21/18 or H01L21/34
- H01L21/0271—Making masks on semiconductor bodies for further photolithographic processing not provided for in group H01L21/18 or H01L21/34 comprising organic layers
- H01L21/0273—Making masks on semiconductor bodies for further photolithographic processing not provided for in group H01L21/18 or H01L21/34 comprising organic layers characterised by the treatment of photoresist layers
- H01L21/0274—Photolithographic processes
- H01L21/0275—Photolithographic processes using lasers
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
- H01L21/00—Processes or apparatus adapted for the manufacture or treatment of semiconductor or solid state devices or of parts thereof
- H01L21/02—Manufacture or treatment of semiconductor devices or of parts thereof
- H01L21/04—Manufacture or treatment of semiconductor devices or of parts thereof the devices having at least one potential-jump barrier or surface barrier, e.g. PN junction, depletion layer or carrier concentration layer
- H01L21/18—Manufacture or treatment of semiconductor devices or of parts thereof the devices having at least one potential-jump barrier or surface barrier, e.g. PN junction, depletion layer or carrier concentration layer the devices having semiconductor bodies comprising elements of Group IV of the Periodic System or AIIIBV compounds with or without impurities, e.g. doping materials
- H01L21/28—Manufacture of electrodes on semiconductor bodies using processes or apparatus not provided for in groups H01L21/20 - H01L21/268
- H01L21/283—Deposition of conductive or insulating materials for electrodes conducting electric current
- H01L21/288—Deposition of conductive or insulating materials for electrodes conducting electric current from a liquid, e.g. electrolytic deposition
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
- H01L21/00—Processes or apparatus adapted for the manufacture or treatment of semiconductor or solid state devices or of parts thereof
- H01L21/02—Manufacture or treatment of semiconductor devices or of parts thereof
- H01L21/04—Manufacture or treatment of semiconductor devices or of parts thereof the devices having at least one potential-jump barrier or surface barrier, e.g. PN junction, depletion layer or carrier concentration layer
- H01L21/18—Manufacture or treatment of semiconductor devices or of parts thereof the devices having at least one potential-jump barrier or surface barrier, e.g. PN junction, depletion layer or carrier concentration layer the devices having semiconductor bodies comprising elements of Group IV of the Periodic System or AIIIBV compounds with or without impurities, e.g. doping materials
- H01L21/30—Treatment of semiconductor bodies using processes or apparatus not provided for in groups H01L21/20 - H01L21/26
- H01L21/324—Thermal treatment for modifying the properties of semiconductor bodies, e.g. annealing, sintering
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
- H01L21/00—Processes or apparatus adapted for the manufacture or treatment of semiconductor or solid state devices or of parts thereof
- H01L21/02—Manufacture or treatment of semiconductor devices or of parts thereof
- H01L21/04—Manufacture or treatment of semiconductor devices or of parts thereof the devices having at least one potential-jump barrier or surface barrier, e.g. PN junction, depletion layer or carrier concentration layer
- H01L21/48—Manufacture or treatment of parts, e.g. containers, prior to assembly of the devices, using processes not provided for in a single one of the subgroups H01L21/06 - H01L21/326
- H01L21/4814—Conductive parts
- H01L21/4846—Leads on or in insulating or insulated substrates, e.g. metallisation
- H01L21/4857—Multilayer substrates
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
- H01L21/00—Processes or apparatus adapted for the manufacture or treatment of semiconductor or solid state devices or of parts thereof
- H01L21/02—Manufacture or treatment of semiconductor devices or of parts thereof
- H01L21/04—Manufacture or treatment of semiconductor devices or of parts thereof the devices having at least one potential-jump barrier or surface barrier, e.g. PN junction, depletion layer or carrier concentration layer
- H01L21/48—Manufacture or treatment of parts, e.g. containers, prior to assembly of the devices, using processes not provided for in a single one of the subgroups H01L21/06 - H01L21/326
- H01L21/4814—Conductive parts
- H01L21/4846—Leads on or in insulating or insulated substrates, e.g. metallisation
- H01L21/486—Via connections through the substrate with or without pins
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
- H01L21/00—Processes or apparatus adapted for the manufacture or treatment of semiconductor or solid state devices or of parts thereof
- H01L21/02—Manufacture or treatment of semiconductor devices or of parts thereof
- H01L21/04—Manufacture or treatment of semiconductor devices or of parts thereof the devices having at least one potential-jump barrier or surface barrier, e.g. PN junction, depletion layer or carrier concentration layer
- H01L21/50—Assembly of semiconductor devices using processes or apparatus not provided for in a single one of the subgroups H01L21/06 - H01L21/326, e.g. sealing of a cap to a base of a container
- H01L21/56—Encapsulations, e.g. encapsulation layers, coatings
- H01L21/565—Moulds
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
- H01L21/00—Processes or apparatus adapted for the manufacture or treatment of semiconductor or solid state devices or of parts thereof
- H01L21/67—Apparatus specially adapted for handling semiconductor or electric solid state devices during manufacture or treatment thereof; Apparatus specially adapted for handling wafers during manufacture or treatment of semiconductor or electric solid state devices or components ; Apparatus not specifically provided for elsewhere
- H01L21/683—Apparatus specially adapted for handling semiconductor or electric solid state devices during manufacture or treatment thereof; Apparatus specially adapted for handling wafers during manufacture or treatment of semiconductor or electric solid state devices or components ; Apparatus not specifically provided for elsewhere for supporting or gripping
- H01L21/6835—Apparatus specially adapted for handling semiconductor or electric solid state devices during manufacture or treatment thereof; Apparatus specially adapted for handling wafers during manufacture or treatment of semiconductor or electric solid state devices or components ; Apparatus not specifically provided for elsewhere for supporting or gripping using temporarily an auxiliary support
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
- H01L21/00—Processes or apparatus adapted for the manufacture or treatment of semiconductor or solid state devices or of parts thereof
- H01L21/70—Manufacture or treatment of devices consisting of a plurality of solid state components formed in or on a common substrate or of parts thereof; Manufacture of integrated circuit devices or of parts thereof
- H01L21/71—Manufacture of specific parts of devices defined in group H01L21/70
- H01L21/768—Applying interconnections to be used for carrying current between separate components within a device comprising conductors and dielectrics
- H01L21/76801—Applying interconnections to be used for carrying current between separate components within a device comprising conductors and dielectrics characterised by the formation and the after-treatment of the dielectrics, e.g. smoothing
- H01L21/76802—Applying interconnections to be used for carrying current between separate components within a device comprising conductors and dielectrics characterised by the formation and the after-treatment of the dielectrics, e.g. smoothing by forming openings in dielectrics
- H01L21/76816—Aspects relating to the layout of the pattern or to the size of vias or trenches
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
- H01L21/00—Processes or apparatus adapted for the manufacture or treatment of semiconductor or solid state devices or of parts thereof
- H01L21/70—Manufacture or treatment of devices consisting of a plurality of solid state components formed in or on a common substrate or of parts thereof; Manufacture of integrated circuit devices or of parts thereof
- H01L21/71—Manufacture of specific parts of devices defined in group H01L21/70
- H01L21/768—Applying interconnections to be used for carrying current between separate components within a device comprising conductors and dielectrics
- H01L21/76838—Applying interconnections to be used for carrying current between separate components within a device comprising conductors and dielectrics characterised by the formation and the after-treatment of the conductors
- H01L21/76841—Barrier, adhesion or liner layers
- H01L21/76871—Layers specifically deposited to enhance or enable the nucleation of further layers, i.e. seed layers
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
- H01L23/00—Details of semiconductor or other solid state devices
- H01L23/28—Encapsulations, e.g. encapsulating layers, coatings, e.g. for protection
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
- H01L23/00—Details of semiconductor or other solid state devices
- H01L23/28—Encapsulations, e.g. encapsulating layers, coatings, e.g. for protection
- H01L23/31—Encapsulations, e.g. encapsulating layers, coatings, e.g. for protection characterised by the arrangement or shape
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
- H01L23/00—Details of semiconductor or other solid state devices
- H01L23/28—Encapsulations, e.g. encapsulating layers, coatings, e.g. for protection
- H01L23/31—Encapsulations, e.g. encapsulating layers, coatings, e.g. for protection characterised by the arrangement or shape
- H01L23/3107—Encapsulations, e.g. encapsulating layers, coatings, e.g. for protection characterised by the arrangement or shape the device being completely enclosed
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
- H01L23/00—Details of semiconductor or other solid state devices
- H01L23/48—Arrangements for conducting electric current to or from the solid state body in operation, e.g. leads, terminal arrangements ; Selection of materials therefor
- H01L23/488—Arrangements for conducting electric current to or from the solid state body in operation, e.g. leads, terminal arrangements ; Selection of materials therefor consisting of soldered or bonded constructions
- H01L23/498—Leads, i.e. metallisations or lead-frames on insulating substrates, e.g. chip carriers
- H01L23/49811—Additional leads joined to the metallisation on the insulating substrate, e.g. pins, bumps, wires, flat leads
- H01L23/49816—Spherical bumps on the substrate for external connection, e.g. ball grid arrays [BGA]
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
- H01L23/00—Details of semiconductor or other solid state devices
- H01L23/48—Arrangements for conducting electric current to or from the solid state body in operation, e.g. leads, terminal arrangements ; Selection of materials therefor
- H01L23/488—Arrangements for conducting electric current to or from the solid state body in operation, e.g. leads, terminal arrangements ; Selection of materials therefor consisting of soldered or bonded constructions
- H01L23/498—Leads, i.e. metallisations or lead-frames on insulating substrates, e.g. chip carriers
- H01L23/49822—Multilayer substrates
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
- H01L23/00—Details of semiconductor or other solid state devices
- H01L23/52—Arrangements for conducting electric current within the device in operation from one component to another, i.e. interconnections, e.g. wires, lead frames
- H01L23/538—Arrangements for conducting electric current within the device in operation from one component to another, i.e. interconnections, e.g. wires, lead frames the interconnection structure between a plurality of semiconductor chips being formed on, or in, insulating substrates
- H01L23/5383—Multilayer substrates
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
- H01L23/00—Details of semiconductor or other solid state devices
- H01L23/52—Arrangements for conducting electric current within the device in operation from one component to another, i.e. interconnections, e.g. wires, lead frames
- H01L23/538—Arrangements for conducting electric current within the device in operation from one component to another, i.e. interconnections, e.g. wires, lead frames the interconnection structure between a plurality of semiconductor chips being formed on, or in, insulating substrates
- H01L23/5386—Geometry or layout of the interconnection structure
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
- H01L23/00—Details of semiconductor or other solid state devices
- H01L23/52—Arrangements for conducting electric current within the device in operation from one component to another, i.e. interconnections, e.g. wires, lead frames
- H01L23/538—Arrangements for conducting electric current within the device in operation from one component to another, i.e. interconnections, e.g. wires, lead frames the interconnection structure between a plurality of semiconductor chips being formed on, or in, insulating substrates
- H01L23/5389—Arrangements for conducting electric current within the device in operation from one component to another, i.e. interconnections, e.g. wires, lead frames the interconnection structure between a plurality of semiconductor chips being formed on, or in, insulating substrates the chips being integrally enclosed by the interconnect and support structures
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
- H01L24/00—Arrangements for connecting or disconnecting semiconductor or solid-state bodies; Methods or apparatus related thereto
- H01L24/01—Means for bonding being attached to, or being formed on, the surface to be connected, e.g. chip-to-package, die-attach, "first-level" interconnects; Manufacturing methods related thereto
- H01L24/18—High density interconnect [HDI] connectors; Manufacturing methods related thereto
- H01L24/19—Manufacturing methods of high density interconnect preforms
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
- H01L24/00—Arrangements for connecting or disconnecting semiconductor or solid-state bodies; Methods or apparatus related thereto
- H01L24/01—Means for bonding being attached to, or being formed on, the surface to be connected, e.g. chip-to-package, die-attach, "first-level" interconnects; Manufacturing methods related thereto
- H01L24/18—High density interconnect [HDI] connectors; Manufacturing methods related thereto
- H01L24/20—Structure, shape, material or disposition of high density interconnect preforms
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
- H01L25/00—Assemblies consisting of a plurality of individual semiconductor or other solid state devices ; Multistep manufacturing processes thereof
- H01L25/03—Assemblies consisting of a plurality of individual semiconductor or other solid state devices ; Multistep manufacturing processes thereof all the devices being of a type provided for in the same subgroup of groups H01L27/00 - H01L33/00, or in a single subclass of H10K, H10N, e.g. assemblies of rectifier diodes
- H01L25/10—Assemblies consisting of a plurality of individual semiconductor or other solid state devices ; Multistep manufacturing processes thereof all the devices being of a type provided for in the same subgroup of groups H01L27/00 - H01L33/00, or in a single subclass of H10K, H10N, e.g. assemblies of rectifier diodes the devices having separate containers
- H01L25/105—Assemblies consisting of a plurality of individual semiconductor or other solid state devices ; Multistep manufacturing processes thereof all the devices being of a type provided for in the same subgroup of groups H01L27/00 - H01L33/00, or in a single subclass of H10K, H10N, e.g. assemblies of rectifier diodes the devices having separate containers the devices being of a type provided for in group H01L27/00
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
- H01L25/00—Assemblies consisting of a plurality of individual semiconductor or other solid state devices ; Multistep manufacturing processes thereof
- H01L25/50—Multistep manufacturing processes of assemblies consisting of devices, each device being of a type provided for in group H01L27/00 or H01L29/00
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
- H01L2221/00—Processes or apparatus adapted for the manufacture or treatment of semiconductor or solid state devices or of parts thereof covered by H01L21/00
- H01L2221/67—Apparatus for handling semiconductor or electric solid state devices during manufacture or treatment thereof; Apparatus for handling wafers during manufacture or treatment of semiconductor or electric solid state devices or components; Apparatus not specifically provided for elsewhere
- H01L2221/683—Apparatus for handling semiconductor or electric solid state devices during manufacture or treatment thereof; Apparatus for handling wafers during manufacture or treatment of semiconductor or electric solid state devices or components; Apparatus not specifically provided for elsewhere for supporting or gripping
- H01L2221/68304—Apparatus for handling semiconductor or electric solid state devices during manufacture or treatment thereof; Apparatus for handling wafers during manufacture or treatment of semiconductor or electric solid state devices or components; Apparatus not specifically provided for elsewhere for supporting or gripping using temporarily an auxiliary support
- H01L2221/68345—Apparatus for handling semiconductor or electric solid state devices during manufacture or treatment thereof; Apparatus for handling wafers during manufacture or treatment of semiconductor or electric solid state devices or components; Apparatus not specifically provided for elsewhere for supporting or gripping using temporarily an auxiliary support used as a support during the manufacture of self supporting substrates
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
- H01L2221/00—Processes or apparatus adapted for the manufacture or treatment of semiconductor or solid state devices or of parts thereof covered by H01L21/00
- H01L2221/67—Apparatus for handling semiconductor or electric solid state devices during manufacture or treatment thereof; Apparatus for handling wafers during manufacture or treatment of semiconductor or electric solid state devices or components; Apparatus not specifically provided for elsewhere
- H01L2221/683—Apparatus for handling semiconductor or electric solid state devices during manufacture or treatment thereof; Apparatus for handling wafers during manufacture or treatment of semiconductor or electric solid state devices or components; Apparatus not specifically provided for elsewhere for supporting or gripping
- H01L2221/68304—Apparatus for handling semiconductor or electric solid state devices during manufacture or treatment thereof; Apparatus for handling wafers during manufacture or treatment of semiconductor or electric solid state devices or components; Apparatus not specifically provided for elsewhere for supporting or gripping using temporarily an auxiliary support
- H01L2221/68359—Apparatus for handling semiconductor or electric solid state devices during manufacture or treatment thereof; Apparatus for handling wafers during manufacture or treatment of semiconductor or electric solid state devices or components; Apparatus not specifically provided for elsewhere for supporting or gripping using temporarily an auxiliary support used as a support during manufacture of interconnect decals or build up layers
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
- H01L2221/00—Processes or apparatus adapted for the manufacture or treatment of semiconductor or solid state devices or of parts thereof covered by H01L21/00
- H01L2221/67—Apparatus for handling semiconductor or electric solid state devices during manufacture or treatment thereof; Apparatus for handling wafers during manufacture or treatment of semiconductor or electric solid state devices or components; Apparatus not specifically provided for elsewhere
- H01L2221/683—Apparatus for handling semiconductor or electric solid state devices during manufacture or treatment thereof; Apparatus for handling wafers during manufacture or treatment of semiconductor or electric solid state devices or components; Apparatus not specifically provided for elsewhere for supporting or gripping
- H01L2221/68304—Apparatus for handling semiconductor or electric solid state devices during manufacture or treatment thereof; Apparatus for handling wafers during manufacture or treatment of semiconductor or electric solid state devices or components; Apparatus not specifically provided for elsewhere for supporting or gripping using temporarily an auxiliary support
- H01L2221/68372—Apparatus for handling semiconductor or electric solid state devices during manufacture or treatment thereof; Apparatus for handling wafers during manufacture or treatment of semiconductor or electric solid state devices or components; Apparatus not specifically provided for elsewhere for supporting or gripping using temporarily an auxiliary support used to support a device or wafer when forming electrical connections thereto
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
- H01L2221/00—Processes or apparatus adapted for the manufacture or treatment of semiconductor or solid state devices or of parts thereof covered by H01L21/00
- H01L2221/67—Apparatus for handling semiconductor or electric solid state devices during manufacture or treatment thereof; Apparatus for handling wafers during manufacture or treatment of semiconductor or electric solid state devices or components; Apparatus not specifically provided for elsewhere
- H01L2221/683—Apparatus for handling semiconductor or electric solid state devices during manufacture or treatment thereof; Apparatus for handling wafers during manufacture or treatment of semiconductor or electric solid state devices or components; Apparatus not specifically provided for elsewhere for supporting or gripping
- H01L2221/68304—Apparatus for handling semiconductor or electric solid state devices during manufacture or treatment thereof; Apparatus for handling wafers during manufacture or treatment of semiconductor or electric solid state devices or components; Apparatus not specifically provided for elsewhere for supporting or gripping using temporarily an auxiliary support
- H01L2221/68381—Details of chemical or physical process used for separating the auxiliary support from a device or wafer
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
- H01L2224/00—Indexing scheme for arrangements for connecting or disconnecting semiconductor or solid-state bodies and methods related thereto as covered by H01L24/00
- H01L2224/01—Means for bonding being attached to, or being formed on, the surface to be connected, e.g. chip-to-package, die-attach, "first-level" interconnects; Manufacturing methods related thereto
- H01L2224/18—High density interconnect [HDI] connectors; Manufacturing methods related thereto
- H01L2224/20—Structure, shape, material or disposition of high density interconnect preforms
- H01L2224/21—Structure, shape, material or disposition of high density interconnect preforms of an individual HDI interconnect
- H01L2224/214—Connecting portions
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
- H01L2224/00—Indexing scheme for arrangements for connecting or disconnecting semiconductor or solid-state bodies and methods related thereto as covered by H01L24/00
- H01L2224/01—Means for bonding being attached to, or being formed on, the surface to be connected, e.g. chip-to-package, die-attach, "first-level" interconnects; Manufacturing methods related thereto
- H01L2224/42—Wire connectors; Manufacturing methods related thereto
- H01L2224/47—Structure, shape, material or disposition of the wire connectors after the connecting process
- H01L2224/48—Structure, shape, material or disposition of the wire connectors after the connecting process of an individual wire connector
- H01L2224/4805—Shape
- H01L2224/4809—Loop shape
- H01L2224/48091—Arched
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
- H01L2224/00—Indexing scheme for arrangements for connecting or disconnecting semiconductor or solid-state bodies and methods related thereto as covered by H01L24/00
- H01L2224/01—Means for bonding being attached to, or being formed on, the surface to be connected, e.g. chip-to-package, die-attach, "first-level" interconnects; Manufacturing methods related thereto
- H01L2224/42—Wire connectors; Manufacturing methods related thereto
- H01L2224/47—Structure, shape, material or disposition of the wire connectors after the connecting process
- H01L2224/48—Structure, shape, material or disposition of the wire connectors after the connecting process of an individual wire connector
- H01L2224/481—Disposition
- H01L2224/48151—Connecting between a semiconductor or solid-state body and an item not being a semiconductor or solid-state body, e.g. chip-to-substrate, chip-to-passive
- H01L2224/48221—Connecting between a semiconductor or solid-state body and an item not being a semiconductor or solid-state body, e.g. chip-to-substrate, chip-to-passive the body and the item being stacked
- H01L2224/48225—Connecting between a semiconductor or solid-state body and an item not being a semiconductor or solid-state body, e.g. chip-to-substrate, chip-to-passive the body and the item being stacked the item being non-metallic, e.g. insulating substrate with or without metallisation
- H01L2224/48227—Connecting between a semiconductor or solid-state body and an item not being a semiconductor or solid-state body, e.g. chip-to-substrate, chip-to-passive the body and the item being stacked the item being non-metallic, e.g. insulating substrate with or without metallisation connecting the wire to a bond pad of the item
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
- H01L2225/00—Details relating to assemblies covered by the group H01L25/00 but not provided for in its subgroups
- H01L2225/03—All the devices being of a type provided for in the same subgroup of groups H01L27/00 - H01L33/648 and H10K99/00
- H01L2225/10—All the devices being of a type provided for in the same subgroup of groups H01L27/00 - H01L33/648 and H10K99/00 the devices having separate containers
- H01L2225/1005—All the devices being of a type provided for in the same subgroup of groups H01L27/00 - H01L33/648 and H10K99/00 the devices having separate containers the devices being of a type provided for in group H01L27/00
- H01L2225/1011—All the devices being of a type provided for in the same subgroup of groups H01L27/00 - H01L33/648 and H10K99/00 the devices having separate containers the devices being of a type provided for in group H01L27/00 the containers being in a stacked arrangement
- H01L2225/1017—All the devices being of a type provided for in the same subgroup of groups H01L27/00 - H01L33/648 and H10K99/00 the devices having separate containers the devices being of a type provided for in group H01L27/00 the containers being in a stacked arrangement the lowermost container comprising a device support
- H01L2225/1035—All the devices being of a type provided for in the same subgroup of groups H01L27/00 - H01L33/648 and H10K99/00 the devices having separate containers the devices being of a type provided for in group H01L27/00 the containers being in a stacked arrangement the lowermost container comprising a device support the device being entirely enclosed by the support, e.g. high-density interconnect [HDI]
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
- H01L2225/00—Details relating to assemblies covered by the group H01L25/00 but not provided for in its subgroups
- H01L2225/03—All the devices being of a type provided for in the same subgroup of groups H01L27/00 - H01L33/648 and H10K99/00
- H01L2225/10—All the devices being of a type provided for in the same subgroup of groups H01L27/00 - H01L33/648 and H10K99/00 the devices having separate containers
- H01L2225/1005—All the devices being of a type provided for in the same subgroup of groups H01L27/00 - H01L33/648 and H10K99/00 the devices having separate containers the devices being of a type provided for in group H01L27/00
- H01L2225/1011—All the devices being of a type provided for in the same subgroup of groups H01L27/00 - H01L33/648 and H10K99/00 the devices having separate containers the devices being of a type provided for in group H01L27/00 the containers being in a stacked arrangement
- H01L2225/1047—Details of electrical connections between containers
- H01L2225/1058—Bump or bump-like electrical connections, e.g. balls, pillars, posts
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
- H01L23/00—Details of semiconductor or other solid state devices
- H01L23/28—Encapsulations, e.g. encapsulating layers, coatings, e.g. for protection
- H01L23/31—Encapsulations, e.g. encapsulating layers, coatings, e.g. for protection characterised by the arrangement or shape
- H01L23/3107—Encapsulations, e.g. encapsulating layers, coatings, e.g. for protection characterised by the arrangement or shape the device being completely enclosed
- H01L23/3121—Encapsulations, e.g. encapsulating layers, coatings, e.g. for protection characterised by the arrangement or shape the device being completely enclosed a substrate forming part of the encapsulation
- H01L23/3128—Encapsulations, e.g. encapsulating layers, coatings, e.g. for protection characterised by the arrangement or shape the device being completely enclosed a substrate forming part of the encapsulation the substrate having spherical bumps for external connection
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
- H01L2924/00—Indexing scheme for arrangements or methods for connecting or disconnecting semiconductor or solid-state bodies as covered by H01L24/00
- H01L2924/15—Details of package parts other than the semiconductor or other solid state devices to be connected
- H01L2924/181—Encapsulation
Definitions
- stacked and bonded semiconductor devices have emerged as an effective alternative to further reduce the physical size of a semiconductor device.
- active circuits such as logic, memory, processor circuits and the like are fabricated at least partially on separate substrates and then physically and electrically bonded together in order to form a functional device.
- Such bonding processes utilize sophisticated techniques, and improvements are desired.
- FIG. 1 illustrates a formation of through interposer vias in accordance with some embodiments.
- FIG. 2 illustrates a semiconductor device in accordance with some embodiments.
- FIG. 3 illustrates a placement of the semiconductor device in accordance with some embodiments.
- FIG. 4 illustrates an encapsulant of the through interposer vias and the semiconductor device in accordance with some embodiments.
- FIG. 5 illustrates a placement of a photoresist in accordance with some embodiments.
- FIGS. 6A-6D illustrate an exposure of the photoresist in accordance with some embodiments.
- FIGS. 7A-7B illustrate a development of the photoresist in accordance with some embodiments.
- FIG. 8 illustrates a post-development annealing process in accordance with some embodiments.
- FIG. 9 illustrates a formation of an external connection in accordance with some embodiments.
- FIG. 10 illustrates a patterning of a seed layer in accordance with some embodiments.
- FIG. 11 illustrates a formation of conductive bumps on the external connection in accordance with some embodiments.
- FIG. 12 illustrates a debonding of the carrier wafer in accordance with some embodiments.
- FIG. 13 illustrates a bonding of a second package in accordance with some embodiments.
- FIG. 14 illustrates a singulation in accordance with some embodiments.
- first and second features are formed in direct contact
- additional features may be formed between the first and second features, such that the first and second features may not be in direct contact
- present disclosure may repeat reference numerals and/or letters in the various examples. This repetition is for the purpose of simplicity and clarity and does not in itself dictate a relationship between the various embodiments and/or configurations discussed.
- spatially relative terms such as “beneath,” “below,” “lower,” “above,” “upper” and the like, may be used herein for ease of description to describe one element or feature's relationship to another element(s) or feature(s) as illustrated in the figures.
- the spatially relative terms are intended to encompass different orientations of the device in use or operation in addition to the orientation depicted in the figures.
- the apparatus may be otherwise oriented (rotated 90 degrees or at other orientations) and the spatially relative descriptors used herein may likewise be interpreted accordingly.
- the carrier substrate 101 comprises, for example, silicon based materials, such as glass or silicon oxide, or other materials, such as aluminum oxide, combinations of any of these materials, or the like.
- the carrier substrate 101 is planar in order to accommodate an attachment of semiconductor devices such as a first semiconductor device 201 and a second semiconductor device 301 (not illustrated in FIG. 1 but illustrated and discussed below with respect to FIGS. 2-3 ).
- the adhesive layer 103 is placed on the carrier substrate 101 in order to assist in the adherence of overlying structures (e.g., the polymer layer 105 ).
- the adhesive layer 103 may comprise an ultra-violet glue, which loses its adhesive properties when exposed to ultra-violet light.
- other types of adhesives such as pressure sensitive adhesives, radiation curable adhesives, epoxies, combinations of these, or the like, may also be used.
- the adhesive layer 103 may be placed onto the carrier substrate 101 in a semi-liquid or gel form, which is readily deformable under pressure.
- the polymer layer 105 is placed over the adhesive layer 103 and is utilized in order to provide protection to, e.g., the first semiconductor device 201 and the second semiconductor device 301 once the first semiconductor device 201 and the second semiconductor device 301 have been attached.
- the polymer layer 105 may be polybenzoxazole (PBO), although any suitable material, such as polyimide or a polyimide derivative, Solder Resistance (SR), or Ajinomoto build-up film (ABF) may be utilized.
- PBO polybenzoxazole
- SR Solder Resistance
- ABSF Ajinomoto build-up film
- the polymer layer 105 may be placed using, e.g., a spin-coating process to a thickness of between about 2 ⁇ m and about 15 ⁇ m, such as about 5 ⁇ m, although any suitable method and thickness may be used.
- the first seed layer 107 is formed over the polymer layer 105 .
- the first seed layer 107 is a thin layer of a conductive material that aids in the formation of a thicker layer during subsequent processing steps.
- the first seed layer 107 may comprise a layer of titanium about 1,000 ⁇ thick followed by a layer of copper about 5,000 ⁇ thick.
- the first seed layer 107 may be created using processes such as sputtering, evaporation, or PECVD processes, depending upon the desired materials.
- the first seed layer 107 may be formed to have a thickness of between about 0.3 ⁇ m and about 1 ⁇ m, such as about 0.5 ⁇ m.
- FIG. 1 also illustrates a placement and patterning of a photoresist 109 over the first seed layer 107 .
- the photoresist 109 may be placed on the first seed layer 107 using, e.g., a spin coating technique to a height of between about 50 ⁇ m and about 250 ⁇ m, such as about 120 ⁇ m.
- the photoresist 109 may then be patterned by exposing the photoresist 109 to a patterned energy source (e.g., a patterned light source) so as to induce a chemical reaction, thereby inducing a physical change in those portions of the photoresist 109 exposed to the patterned light source.
- a developer is then applied to the exposed photoresist 109 to take advantage of the physical changes and selectively remove either the exposed portion of the photoresist 109 or the unexposed portion of the photoresist 109 , depending upon the desired pattern.
- the pattern formed into the photoresist 109 is a pattern for vias 111 .
- the vias 111 are formed in such a placement as to be located on different sides of subsequently attached devices such as the first semiconductor device 201 and the second semiconductor device 301 .
- any suitable arrangement for the pattern of vias 111 such as by being located such that the first semiconductor device 201 and the second semiconductor device 301 are placed on opposing sides of the vias 111 , may be utilized.
- the vias 111 are formed within the photoresist 109 .
- the vias 111 comprise one or more conductive materials, such as copper, tungsten, other conductive metals, or the like, and may be formed, for example, by electroplating, electroless plating, or the like.
- an electroplating process is used wherein the first seed layer 107 and the photoresist 109 are submerged or immersed in an electroplating solution.
- the first seed layer 107 surface is electrically connected to the negative side of an external DC power supply such that the first seed layer 107 functions as the cathode in the electroplating process.
- a solid conductive anode such as a copper anode, is also immersed in the solution and is attached to the positive side of the power supply.
- the atoms from the anode are dissolved into the solution, from which the cathode, e.g., the first seed layer 107 , acquires the dissolved atoms, thereby plating the exposed conductive areas of the first seed layer 107 within the opening of the photoresist 109 .
- the photoresist 109 may be removed using a suitable removal process (not illustrated in FIG. 1 but seen in FIG. 3 below).
- a plasma ashing process may be used to remove the photoresist 109 , whereby the temperature of the photoresist 109 may be increased until the photoresist 109 experiences a thermal decomposition and may be removed.
- any other suitable process such as a wet strip, may be utilized.
- the removal of the photoresist 109 may expose the underlying portions of the first seed layer 107 .
- a removal of the exposed portions of the first seed layer 107 may be performed (not illustrated in FIG. 1 but seen in FIG. 3 below).
- the exposed portions of the first seed layer 107 may be removed by, for example, a wet or dry etching process.
- reactants may be directed towards the first seed layer 107 using the vias 111 as masks.
- etchants may be sprayed or otherwise put into contact with the first seed layer 107 in order to remove the exposed portions of the first seed layer 107 .
- a portion of the polymer layer 105 is exposed between the vias 111 .
- FIG. 2 illustrates a first semiconductor device 201 that will be attached to the polymer layer 105 within the vias 111 (not illustrated in FIG. 2 but illustrated and described below with respect to FIG. 3 ).
- the first semiconductor device 201 comprises a first substrate 203 , first active devices (not individually illustrated), first metallization layers 205 , first contact pads 207 , a first passivation layer 211 , and first external connectors 209 .
- the first substrate 203 may comprise bulk silicon, doped or undoped, or an active layer of a silicon-on-insulator (SOI) substrate.
- SOI silicon-on-insulator
- an SOI substrate comprises a layer of a semiconductor material such as silicon, germanium, silicon germanium, SOI, silicon germanium on insulator (SGOI), or combinations thereof.
- a semiconductor material such as silicon, germanium, silicon germanium, SOI, silicon germanium on insulator (SGOI), or combinations thereof.
- Other substrates that may be used include multi-layered substrates, gradient substrates, or hybrid orientation substrates.
- the first active devices comprise a wide variety of active devices and passive devices such as capacitors, resistors, inductors and the like that may be used to generate the desired structural and functional desires of the design for the first semiconductor device 201 .
- the first active devices may be formed using any suitable methods either within or else on the first substrate 203 .
- the first metallization layers 205 are formed over the first substrate 203 and the first active devices and are designed to connect the various active devices to form functional circuitry.
- the first metallization layers 205 are formed of alternating layers of dielectric and conductive material and may be formed through any suitable process (such as deposition, damascene, dual damascene, etc.).
- ILD interlayer dielectric layer
- the first contact pads 207 may be formed over and in electrical contact with the first metallization layers 205 .
- the first contact pads 207 may comprise aluminum, but other materials, such as copper, may be used.
- the first contact pads 207 may be formed using a deposition process, such as sputtering, to form a layer of material (not shown) and portions of the layer of material may then be removed through a suitable process (such as photolithographic masking and etching) to form the first contact pads 207 . However, any other suitable process may be utilized to form the first contact pads 207 .
- the first contact pads 207 may be formed to have a thickness of between about 0.5 ⁇ m and about 4 ⁇ m, such as about 1.45 ⁇ m.
- the first passivation layer 211 may be formed on the first substrate 203 over the first metallization layers 205 and the first contact pads 207 .
- the first passivation layer 211 may be made of one or more suitable dielectric materials such as silicon oxide, silicon nitride, low-k dielectrics such as carbon doped oxides, extremely low-k dielectrics such as porous carbon doped silicon dioxide, combinations of these, or the like.
- the first passivation layer 211 may be formed through a process such as chemical vapor deposition (CVD), although any suitable process may be utilized, and may have a thickness between about 0.5 ⁇ m and about 5 ⁇ m, such as about 9.25 K ⁇ .
- the first external connectors 209 may be formed to provide conductive regions for contact between the first contact pads 207 and, e.g., a first redistribution layer 501 (not illustrated in FIG. 2 but illustrated and described below with respect to FIG. 5 ).
- the first external connectors 209 may be conductive pillars and may be formed by initially forming a photoresist (not shown) over the first passivation layer 211 to a thickness between about 5 ⁇ m to about 20 ⁇ m, such as about 10 ⁇ m.
- the photoresist may be patterned to expose portions of the first passivation layers through which the conductive pillars will extend. Once patterned, the photoresist may then be used as a mask to remove the desired portions of the first passivation layer 211 , thereby exposing those portions of the underlying first contact pads 207 to which the first external connectors 209 will make contact.
- the first external connectors 209 may be formed within the openings of both the first passivation layer 211 and the photoresist.
- the first external connectors 209 may be formed from a conductive material such as copper, although other conductive materials such as nickel, gold, or metal alloy, combinations of these, or the like may also be used. Additionally, the first external connectors 209 may be formed using a process such as electroplating, by which an electric current is run through the conductive portions of the first contact pads 207 to which the first external connectors 209 are desired to be formed, and the first contact pads 207 are immersed in a solution.
- the solution and the electric current deposit e.g., copper, within the openings in order to fill and/or overfill the openings of the photoresist and the first passivation layer 211 , thereby forming the first external connectors 209 .
- Excess conductive material and photoresist outside of the openings of the first passivation layer 211 may then be removed using, for example, an ashing process, a chemical mechanical polish (CMP) process, combinations of these, or the like.
- CMP chemical mechanical polish
- the above described process to form the first external connectors 209 is merely one such description, and is not meant to limit the embodiments to this exact process. Rather, the described process is intended to be merely illustrative, as any suitable process for forming the first external connectors 209 may be utilized. All suitable processes are fully intended to be included within the scope of the present embodiments.
- a die attach film (DAF) 213 may be formed in order to assist in the attachment of the first semiconductor device 201 to the polymer layer 105 .
- the die attach film 213 is an epoxy resin, a phenol resin, acrylic rubber, silica filler, or a combination thereof, and is applied using a lamination technique.
- any other suitable material and method of formation may be utilized.
- FIG. 3 illustrates a placement of the first semiconductor device 201 onto the polymer layer 105 along with a placement of a second semiconductor device 301 .
- the second semiconductor device 301 may comprise a second substrate 303 , second active devices (not individually illustrated), second metallization layers 305 , second contact pads 307 , a second passivation layer 311 , and second external connectors 309 .
- the second substrate 303 , the second active devices, the second metallization layers 305 , the second contact pads 307 , the second passivation layer 311 , and the second external connectors 309 may be similar to the first substrate 203 , the first active devices, the first metallization layers 205 , the first contact pads 207 , the first passivation layer 211 , and the first external connectors 209 , although they may also be different.
- first semiconductor device 201 and the second semiconductor device 301 may be placed onto the polymer layer 105 using, e.g., a pick and place process.
- any other method of placing the first semiconductor device 201 and the second semiconductor device 301 may be used.
- FIG. 4 illustrates an encapsulation of the vias 111 , the first semiconductor device 201 and the second semiconductor device 301 .
- the encapsulation may be performed in a molding device (not individually illustrated in FIG. 4 ), which may comprise a top molding portion and a bottom molding portion separable from the top molding portion.
- a molding cavity may be formed for the carrier substrate 101 , the vias 111 , the first semiconductor device 201 , and the second semiconductor device 301 .
- the top molding portion may be placed adjacent to the bottom molding portion, thereby enclosing the carrier substrate 101 , the vias 111 , the first semiconductor device 201 , and the second semiconductor device 301 within the molding cavity. Once enclosed, the top molding portion and the bottom molding portion may form an airtight seal in order to control the influx and outflux of gasses from the molding cavity.
- an encapsulant 401 may be placed within the molding cavity.
- the encapsulant 401 may be a molding compound resin such as polyimide, PPS, PEEK, PES, a heat resistant crystal resin, combinations of these, or the like.
- the encapsulant 401 may be placed within the molding cavity prior to the alignment of the top molding portion and the bottom molding portion, or else may be injected into the molding cavity through an injection port.
- the encapsulant 401 may be cured in order to harden the encapsulant 401 for optimum protection. While the exact curing process is dependent at least in part on the particular material chosen for the encapsulant 401 , in an embodiment in which molding compound is chosen as the encapsulant 401 , the curing could occur through a process such as heating the encapsulant 401 to between about 100° C. and about 130° C., such as about 125° C. for about 60 sec to about 3000 sec, such as about 600 sec. Additionally, initiators and/or catalysts may be included within the encapsulant 401 to better control the curing process.
- the curing process described above is merely an exemplary process and is not meant to limit the current embodiments.
- Other curing processes such as irradiation or even allowing the encapsulant 401 to harden at ambient temperature, may be used. Any suitable curing process may be used, and all such processes are fully intended to be included within the scope of the embodiments discussed herein.
- FIG. 4 also illustrates a thinning of the encapsulant 401 in order to expose the vias 111 , the first semiconductor device 201 , and the second semiconductor device 301 for further processing.
- the thinning may be performed, e.g., using a mechanical grinding or chemical mechanical polishing (CMP) process whereby chemical etchants and abrasives are utilized to react and grind away the encapsulant 401 , the first semiconductor device 201 and the second semiconductor device 301 until the vias 111 , the first external connectors 209 (on the first semiconductor device 201 ), and the second external connectors 309 (on the second semiconductor device 301 ) have been exposed.
- CMP chemical mechanical polishing
- the first semiconductor device 201 , the second semiconductor device 301 , and the vias 111 may have a planar surface that is also coplanar with the encapsulant 401 .
- CMP process described above is presented as one illustrative embodiment, it is not intended to be limiting to the embodiments. Any other suitable removal process may be used to thin the encapsulant 401 , the first semiconductor device 201 , and the second semiconductor device 301 and expose the vias 111 . For example, a series of chemical etches may be utilized. This process and any other suitable process may be utilized to thin the encapsulant 401 , the first semiconductor device 201 , and the second semiconductor device 301 , and all such processes are fully intended to be included within the scope of the embodiments.
- the vias 111 , the first external connectors 209 , and the second external connectors 309 may be recessed within the encapsulant 401 .
- the vias 111 , the first external connectors 209 , and the second external connectors 309 may be recessed using, e.g., an etching process that utilizes an etchant that is selective to the material of the vias 111 , the first external connectors 209 , and the second external connectors 309 (e.g., copper).
- the vias 111 , the first external connectors 209 , and the second external connectors 309 may be recessed to a depth of between about 20 ⁇ m and about 300 ⁇ m, such as about 180 ⁇ m.
- FIG. 5 illustrates cross-sectional views of a formation of a first redistribution layer (RDL) 501 , a second redistribution layer 505 , and a third redistribution layer 509 in order to interconnect the first semiconductor device 201 , the second semiconductor device 301 , and the vias 111 .
- the first redistribution layer 501 may be formed by initially forming a seed layer (not shown) of a titanium copper alloy through a suitable formation process such as CVD or sputtering.
- a photoresist also not shown
- the photoresist may then be formed to cover the seed layer, and the photoresist may then be patterned to expose those portions of the seed layer that are located where the first redistribution layer 501 is desired to be located.
- a conductive material such as copper
- the conductive material may be formed to have a thickness of between about 1 ⁇ m and about 10 ⁇ m, such as about 5 ⁇ m.
- any other suitable materials such as AlCu or Au, and any other suitable processes of formation, such as CVD or PVD, may be used to form the first redistribution layer 501 .
- the photoresist may be removed through a suitable removal process such as ashing. Additionally, after the removal of the photoresist, those portions of the seed layer that were covered by the photoresist may be removed through, for example, a suitable etch process using the conductive material as a mask.
- FIG. 5 also illustrates a formation of a third passivation layer 503 over the first redistribution layer 501 in order to provide protection and isolation for the first redistribution layer 501 and the other underlying structures.
- the third passivation layer 503 may be polybenzoxazole (PBO), although any suitable material, such as polyimide or a polyimide derivative, may be utilized.
- PBO polybenzoxazole
- the third passivation layer 503 may be placed using, e.g., a spin-coating process to a thickness of between about 5 ⁇ m and about 25 ⁇ m, such as about 7 ⁇ m, although any suitable method and thickness may be used.
- first openings 504 may be made through the third passivation layer 503 by removing portions of the third passivation layer 503 to expose at least a portion of the underlying first redistribution layer 501 .
- the first openings 504 allows for contact between the first redistribution layer 501 and a second redistribution layer 505 (described further below).
- the first openings 504 may be formed using a suitable photolithographic mask and etching process, although any suitable process to expose portions of first redistribution layer 501 may be used.
- the second redistribution layer 505 may be formed to provide additional routing and connectivity and in electrical connection with the first redistribution layer 501 .
- the second redistribution layer 505 may be formed similar to the first redistribution layer 501 .
- a seed layer may be formed, a photoresist may be placed and patterned on top of the seed layer, and conductive material may be plated into the patterned openings through the photoresist.
- the photoresist may be removed, the underlying seed layer may be etched, the second redistribution layer 505 may be covered by a fourth passivation layer 507 (which may be similar to the third passivation layer 503 ), and the fourth passivation layer 507 may be patterned to form second openings 506 (only one of which is illustrated in FIG. 5 for clarity) and expose an underlying conductive portion of the second redistribution layer 505 .
- a fourth passivation layer 507 which may be similar to the third passivation layer 503
- the fourth passivation layer 507 may be patterned to form second openings 506 (only one of which is illustrated in FIG. 5 for clarity) and expose an underlying conductive portion of the second redistribution layer 505 .
- the third redistribution layer 509 may be formed to provide additional routing along with electrical connection to the second redistribution layer 505 .
- the third redistribution layer 509 may be formed using materials and processes similar to the first redistribution layer 501 .
- a seed layer may be formed, a photoresist may be placed and patterned on top of the seed layer in a desired pattern for the third redistribution layer 509 , conductive material is plated into the patterned openings of the photoresist, the photoresist is removed, and the seed layer is etched.
- the third redistribution layer 509 may also comprise a landing pad that will be utilized to form an electrical connection to, e.g., an overlying third external connection 901 (described further below).
- the landing pad may be shaped in order to make suitable physical and electrical connection with the third external connection 901 .
- the third redistribution layer 509 may be covered by a fifth passivation layer 511 .
- the fifth passivation layer 511 similar to the third passivation layer 503 , may be formed from a polymer such as PBO, or may be formed of a similar material as the third passivation layer 503 (e.g., polyimide or a polyimide derivative).
- the fifth passivation layer 511 may be formed to have a thickness of between about 2 ⁇ m and about 15 ⁇ m, such as about 5 ⁇ m.
- the fifth passivation layer 511 may be planarized with the third redistribution layer 509 .
- the planarization may be performed using, e.g., a chemical mechanical polishing process, whereby etchants and abrasives are utilized along with a rotating platen in order to chemically and mechanically remove portions of the fifth passivation layer 511 until the fifth passivation layer 511 is coplanar with the third redistribution layer 509 .
- any suitable planarization process such as a series of one or more etches or a mechanical grinding process, may be utilized.
- a sixth passivation layer 513 may be placed and patterned over the fifth passivation layer 511 and the third redistribution layer 509 .
- the sixth passivation layer 513 may be a similar material as the fifth passivation layer 511 (e.g., PBO) and the sixth passivation layer 513 may be patterned in order to expose an underlying portion of the third redistribution layer 509 .
- the sixth passivation layer 513 may be patterned using a photolithographic masking and etching process, whereby a photoresist is deposited and patterned and then used as a mask during an etching process in order to remove portions of the sixth passivation layer 513 and expose portions of the third redistribution layer 509 .
- a photolithographic masking and etching process whereby a photoresist is deposited and patterned and then used as a mask during an etching process in order to remove portions of the sixth passivation layer 513 and expose portions of the third redistribution layer 509 .
- any suitable method of patterning the sixth passivation layer 513 may be utilized.
- a second seed layer 515 is deposited over the sixth passivation layer 513 .
- the second seed layer 515 is a thin layer of a conductive material that aids in the formation of a thicker layer during subsequent processing steps.
- the second seed layer 515 may comprise a layer of titanium about 1,000 ⁇ thick followed by a layer of copper about 5,000 ⁇ thick.
- the second seed layer 515 may be created using processes such as sputtering, evaporation, or PECVD processes, depending upon the desired materials.
- the second seed layer 515 may be formed to have a thickness of between about 0.3 ⁇ m and about 1 ⁇ m, such as about 0.5 ⁇ m.
- a photoresist 517 may be placed onto the second seed layer 515 to prepare for a formation of the third external connection 901 .
- the photoresist 517 includes a photoresist polymer resin along with one or more photoactive compounds (PACs) in a photoresist solvent.
- the photoresist polymer resin may comprise a hydrocarbon structure (such as an alicyclic hydrocarbon structure) that contains one or more groups that will decompose (e.g., an acid labile group) or otherwise react when mixed with acids, bases, or free radicals generated by the PACs (as further described below with respect to FIG. 6A ).
- the hydrocarbon structure comprises a repeating unit that forms a skeletal backbone of the photoresist polymer resin.
- This repeating unit may include acrylic esters, methacrylic esters, crotonic esters, vinyl esters, maleic diesters, fumaric diesters, itaconic diesters, (meth) acrylonitrile, (meth)acrylamides, styrenes, vinyl ethers, combinations of these, or the like.
- Specific structures which may be utilized for the repeating unit of the hydrocarbon structure include methyl acrylate, ethyl acrylate, n-propyl acrylate, isopropyl acrylate, n-butyl acrylate, isobutyl acrylate, tert-butyl acrylate, n-hexyl acrylate, 2-ethylhexyl acrylate, acetoxyethyl acrylate, phenyl acrylate, 2-hydroxyethyl acrylate, 2-methoxyethyl acrylate, 2-ethoxyethyl acrylate, 2-(2-methoxyethoxy)ethyl acrylate, cyclohexyl acrylate, benzyl acrylate, 2-alkyl-2-adamantyl (meth)acrylate or dialkyl(1-adamantyl)methyl (meth) acrylate, methyl methacrylate, ethyl methacrylate, n
- vinyl esters examples include vinyl acetate, vinyl propionate, vinyl butylate, vinyl methoxyacetate, vinyl benzoate, dimethyl maleate, diethyl maleate, dibutyl maleate, dimethyl fumarate, diethyl fumarate, dibutyl fumarate, dimethyl itaconate, diethyl itaconate, dibutyl itaconate, acrylamide, methyl acrylamide, ethyl acrylamide, propyl acrylamide, n-butyl acrylamide, tert-butyl acrylamide, cyclohexyl acrylamide, 2-methoxyethyl acrylamide, dimethyl acrylamide, diethyl acrylamide, phenyl acrylamide, benzyl acrylamide, methacrylamide, methyl methacrylamide, ethyl methacrylamide, propyl methacrylamide, n-butyl methacrylamide, tert-butyl methacrylamide, cyclo
- styrenes examples include styrene, methyl styrene, dimethyl styrene, trimethyl styrene, ethyl styrene, isopropyl styrene, butyl styrene, methoxy styrene, butoxy styrene, acetoxy styrene, chloro styrene, dichloro styrene, bromo styrene, vinyl methyl benzoate, ⁇ -methyl styrene, maleimide, vinylpyridine, vinylpyrrolidone, vinylcarbazole, combinations of these, or the like.
- the repeating unit of the hydrocarbon structure may also have either a monocyclic or a polycyclic hydrocarbon structure substituted into it, or else the monocyclic or polycyclic hydrocarbon structure may be the repeating unit, in order to form an alicyclic hydrocarbon structure.
- monocyclic structures include bicycloalkane, tricycloalkane, tetracycloalkane, cyclopentane, cyclohexane, or the like.
- Specific examples of polycyclic structures that may be used include adamantine, norbornane, isobornane, tricyclodecane, tetracycododecane, or the like.
- the group which will decompose is attached to the hydrocarbon structure so that it will react with the acids/bases/free radicals generated by the PACs during exposure.
- the group which will decompose may be a carboxylic acid group, a fluorinated alcohol group, a phenolic alcohol group, a sulfonic group, a sulfonamide group, a sulfonylimido group, an (alkylsulfonyl) (alkylcarbonyl)methylene group, an (alkylsulfonyl)(alkyl-carbonyl)imido group, a bis(alkylcarbonyl)methylene group, a bis(alkylcarbonyl)imido group, a bis(alkylsylfonyl)methylene group, a bis(alkylsulfonyl)imido group, a tris(alkylcarbonyl methylene group, a tris(alkylsulfonyl)methylene group, combinations of these, or the like.
- fluorinated alcohol group examples include fluorinated hydroxyalkyl groups, such as a hexafluoroisopropanol group.
- carboxylic acid group examples include acrylic acid groups, methacrylic acid groups, or the like.
- the photoresist polymer resin may also comprise other groups attached to the hydrocarbon structure that help to improve a variety of properties of the polymerizable resin.
- inclusion of a lactone group to the hydrocarbon structure assists to reduce the amount of line edge roughness after the photoresist 517 has been developed, thereby helping to reduce the number of defects that occur during development.
- the lactone groups may include rings having five to seven members, although any suitable lactone structure may be used for the lactone group.
- the photoresist polymer resin may also comprise groups that can assist in increasing the adhesiveness of the photoresist 517 to underlying structures.
- polar groups may be used to help increase the adhesiveness
- polar groups that may be used in this embodiment include hydroxyl groups, cyano groups, or the like, although any suitable polar group may be utilized.
- the photoresist polymer resin may further comprise one or more alicyclic hydrocarbon structures that do not also contain a group which will decompose.
- the hydrocarbon structure that does not contain a group which will decompose may include structures such as 1-adamantyl(meth)acrylate, tricyclodecanyl (meth)acrylate, cyclohexayl (methacrylate), combinations of these, or the like.
- the photoresist 517 also comprises one or more PACs.
- the PACs may be photoactive components such as photoacid generators, photobase generators, free-radical generators, or the like, and the PACs may be positive-acting or negative-acting.
- the PACs may comprise halogenated triazines, onium salts, diazonium salts, aromatic diazonium salts, phosphonium salts, sulfonium salts, iodonium salts, imide sulfonate, oxime sulfonate, diazodisulfone, disulfone, o-nitrobenzylsulfonate, sulfonated esters, halogenerated sulfonyloxy dicarboximides, diazodisulfones, ⁇ -cyanooxyamine-sulfonates, imidesulfonates, ketodiazosulfones, sulfonyldiazoesters, 1,2-di(arylsulfonyl)hydrazines, nitrobenzyl esters, and the s-triazine derivatives, suitable combinations of these, and the like.
- photoacid generators include ⁇ .-(trifluoromethylsulfonyloxy)-bicyclo[2.2.1]hept-5-ene-2,3-dicarbo-ximide (MDT), N-hydroxy-naphthalimide (DDSN), benzoin tosylate, t-butylphenyl- ⁇ -(p-toluenesulfonyloxy)-acetate and t-butyl- ⁇ -(p-toluenesulfonyloxy)-acetate, triarylsulfonium and diaryliodonium hexafluoroantimonates, hexafluoroarsenates, trifluoromethanesulfonates, iodonium perfluorooctanesulfonate, N-camphorsulfonyloxynaphthalimide, N-pentafluorophenylsulfonyloxynaphthalimide, ionic
- the PACs may comprise n-phenylglycine, aromatic ketones such as benzophenone, N,N′-tetramethyl-4,4′-diaminobenzophenone, N,N′-tetraethyl-4,4′-diaminobenzophenone, 4-methoxy-4′-dimethylaminobenzo-phenone, 3,3′-dimethyl-4-methoxybenzophenone, p,p′-bis(dimethylamino)benzo-phenone, p,p′-bis(diethylamino)-benzophenone, anthraquinone, 2-ethylanthraquinone, naphthaquinone and phenanthraquinone, benzoins such as benzoin, benzoinmethylether, benzoinethylether, benzoinisopropylether, benzoin-n-butylether
- the PACs may comprise quaternary ammonium dithiocarbamates, ⁇ aminoketones, oxime-urethane containing molecules such as dibenzophenoneoxime hexamethylene diurethan, ammonium tetraorganylborate salts, and N-(2-nitrobenzyloxycarbonyl) cyclic amines, suitable combinations of these, or the like.
- the chemical compounds listed herein are merely intended as illustrated examples of the PACs and are not intended to limit the embodiments to only those PACs specifically described. Rather, any suitable PAC may be utilized, and all such PACs are fully intended to be included within the scope of the present embodiments.
- the individual components of the photoresist 517 may be placed into the photoresist solvent in order to aid in the mixing and placement of the photoresist 517 .
- the photoresist solvent is chosen at least in part based upon the materials chosen for the photoresist polymer resin as well as the PACs.
- the photoresist solvent is chosen such that the photoresist polymer resin and the PACs can be evenly dissolved into the photoresist solvent and dispensed.
- the photoresist solvent may be an organic solvent, and may comprise any suitable solvent such as ketones, alcohols, polyalcohols, ethers, glycol ethers, cyclic ethers, aromatic hydrocarbons, esters, propionates, lactates, lactic esters, alkylene glycol monoalkyl ethers, alkyl lactates, alkyl alkoxypropionates, cyclic lactones, monoketone compounds that contain a ring, alkylene carbonates, alkyl alkoxyacetate, alkyl pyruvates, lactate esters, ethylene glycol alkyl ether acetates, diethylene glycols, propylene glycol alkyl ether acetates, alkylene glycol alkyl ether esters, alkylene glycol monoalkyl esters, or the like.
- suitable solvent such as ketones, alcohols, polyalcohols, ethers, glycol ethers, cyclic ethers, aromatic hydrocarbons, est
- photoresist solvent for the photoresist 517 examples include, acetone, methanol, ethanol, toluene, xylene, 4-hydroxy-4-methyl-2-pentatone, tetrahydrofuran, methyl ethyl ketone, cyclohexanone, methyl isoamyl ketone, 2-heptanone, ethylene glycol, ethylene glycol monoacetate, ethylene glycol dimethyl ether, ethylene glycol dimethyl ether, ethylene glycol methylethyl ether, ethylene glycol monoetheryl ether, methyl celluslve acetate, ethyl cellosolve acetate, diethylene glycol, diethylene glycol monoacetate, diethylene glycol monomethyl ether, diethylene glycol diethyl ether, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, diethylene glycol ethylmethyl ether, dietherylene glycol monoethyl ether, diethylene glycol, ethylene glycol, ethylene
- the materials listed and described above as examples of materials that may be utilized for the photoresist solvent component of the photoresist 517 are merely illustrative and are not intended to limit the embodiments. Rather, any suitable material that may dissolve the photoresist polymer resin and the PACs may be utilized to help mix and apply the photoresist 517 . All such materials are fully intended to be included within the scope of the embodiments.
- the photoresist solvent may comprise a combination mixture of two or more of the materials described. All such combinations are fully intended to be included within the scope of the embodiments.
- a photoresist cross-linking agent may also be added to the photoresist 517 .
- the photoresist cross-linking agent reacts with the photoresist polymer resin within the photoresist 517 after exposure, assisting in increasing the cross-linking density of the photoresist, which helps to improve the resist pattern and resistance to dry etching.
- the photoresist cross-linking agent may be an melamine based agent, a urea based agent, ethylene urea based agent, propylene urea based agent, glycoluril based agent, an aliphatic cyclic hydrocarbon having a hydroxyl group, a hydroxyalkyl group, or a combination of these, oxygen containing derivatives of the aliphatic cyclic hydrocarbon, glycoluril compounds, etherified amino resins, combinations of these, or the like.
- materials that may be utilized as a photoresist cross-linking agent include melamine, acetoguanamine, benzoguanamine, urea, ethylene urea, or glycoluril with formaldehyde, glycoluril with a combination of formaldehyde and a lower alcohol, hexamethoxymethylmelamine, bismethoxymethylurea, bismethoxymethylbismethoxyethylene urea, tetramethoxymethylglycoluril, and tetrabutoxymethylglycoluril, mono-, di-, tri-, or tetra-hydroxymethylated glycoluril, mono-, di-, tri-, and/or tetra-methoxymethylated glycoluril, mono-, di-, tri-, and/or tetra-ethoxymethylated glycoluril, mono-, di-, tri-, and/or tetra-propoxymethylated glycoluril, and mono-, di-, tri-, and, and
- compounds obtained by reacting formaldehyde, or formaldehyde and lower alcohols with amino group-containing compounds, such as melamine, acetoguanamine, benzoguanamine, urea, ethylene urea and glycoluril, and substituting the hydrogen atoms of the amino group with hydroxymethyl group or lower alkoxymethyl group examples being hexamethoxymethylmelamine, bismethoxymethyl urea, bismethoxymethylbismethoxyethylene urea, tetramethoxymethyl glycoluril and tetrabutoxymethyl glycoluril, copolymers of 3-chloro-2-hydroxypropyl methacrylate and methacrylic acid, copolymers of 3-chloro-2-hydroxypropyl methacrylate and cyclohexyl methacrylate and methacrylic acid, copolymers of 3-chloro-2-hydroxypropyl methacrylate and benzyl methacrylate and methacrylic acid, bisphenol A-di
- the photoresist 517 may also include a number of other additives that will assist the photoresist 517 obtain the highest resolution.
- the photoresist 517 may also include surfactants, quenchers, stabilizers, plasticizers, coloring agents, adhesion additives, surface leveling agents, combinations of these, or the like. Any suitable additives may be utilized.
- the photoresist polymer resin, the PACs, the radical inhibitors, along with any desired additives or other agents, are added to the photoresist solvent for application. Once added, the mixture is then mixed in order to achieve an even composition throughout the photoresist 517 in order to ensure that there are no defects caused by an uneven mixing or non-constant composition of the photoresist 517 . Once mixed together, the photoresist 517 may either be stored prior to its usage or else used immediately.
- the photoresist 517 may be utilized by initially applying the photoresist 517 onto the second seed layer 515 .
- the photoresist 517 may be applied to the second seed layer 515 so that the photoresist 517 coats an upper exposed surface of the second seed layer 515 , and may be applied using a process such as a spin-on coating process, a dip coating method, an air-knife coating method, a curtain coating method, a wire-bar coating method, a gravure coating method, a lamination method, an extrusion coating method, combinations of these, or the like.
- the photoresist 517 may be applied such that it has a thickness over the surface of the second seed layer 515 of between about 10 nm and about 300 nm, such as about 150 nm.
- a pre-bake of the photoresist 517 is performed in order to cure and dry the photoresist 517 prior to exposure to finish the application of the photoresist 517 .
- the curing and drying of the photoresist 517 removes the photoresist solvent component while leaving behind the photoresist polymer resin, the PACs, the radical inhibitors, the photoresist cross-linking agents, and the other chosen additives.
- the pre-bake may be performed at a temperature suitable to evaporate the photoresist solvent, such as between about 40° C. and 150° C., although the precise temperature depends upon the materials chosen for the photoresist 517 .
- the pre-bake is performed for a time sufficient to cure and dry the photoresist 517 , such as between about 10 seconds to about 5 minutes, such as about 90 seconds.
- FIG. 6A illustrates an exposure of the photoresist 517 to form an exposed region 601 and an unexposed region 603 within the photoresist 517 .
- the exposure may be initiated by placing the semiconductor device 100 and the photoresist 517 , once cured and dried, into an imaging device 600 for exposure.
- the imaging device 600 may comprise a support plate 605 , an energy source 607 , a patterned mask 609 between the support plate 605 and the energy source 607 , and optics 617 .
- the support plate 605 is a surface to which the semiconductor device 100 and the photoresist 517 may be placed or attached to and which provides support and control to the carrier substrate 101 during exposure of the photoresist 517 .
- the support plate 605 may be movable along one or more axes, as well as providing any desired heating or cooling to the carrier substrate 101 and photoresist 517 in order to prevent temperature gradients from affecting the exposure process.
- the energy source 607 supplies energy 611 such as light to the photoresist 517 in order to induce a reaction of the PACs, which in turn reacts with the polymer resin to chemically alter those portions of the photoresist 517 to which the energy 611 impinges.
- the energy 611 may be electromagnetic radiation, such as g-rays (with a wavelength of about 436 nm), i-rays (with a wavelength of about 365 nm), ultraviolet radiation, far ultraviolet radiation, extreme ultraviolet radiation, x-rays, electron beams, or the like.
- the energy source 607 may be a source of the electromagnetic radiation, and may be a KrF excimer laser light (with a wavelength of 248 nm), an ArF excimer laser light (with a wavelength of 193 nm), a F2 excimer laser light (with a wavelength of 157 nm), or the like, although any other suitable source of energy 611 , such as mercury vapor lamps, xenon lamps, carbon arc lamps or the like, may also be utilized.
- the patterned mask 609 is located between the energy source 607 and the photoresist 517 in order to block portions of the energy 611 to form a patterned energy 615 prior to the energy 611 actually impinging upon the photoresist 517 .
- the patterned mask 609 may comprise a series of layers (e.g., substrate, absorbance layers, anti-reflective coating layers, shielding layers, etc.) to reflect, absorb, or otherwise block portions of the energy 611 from reaching those portions of the photoresist 517 which are not desired to be illuminated.
- the desired pattern may be formed in the patterned mask 609 by forming openings through the patterned mask 609 in the desired shape of illumination.
- Optics may be used to concentrate, expand, reflect, or otherwise control the energy 611 as it leaves the energy source 607 , is patterned by the patterned mask 609 , and is directed towards the photoresist 517 .
- the optics 617 comprise one or more lenses, mirrors, filters, combinations of these, or the like to control the energy 611 along its path. Additionally, while the optics 617 are illustrated in FIG.
- elements of the optics 617 may also be located at any location between the energy source 607 (where the energy 611 is generated) and the photoresist 517 .
- the semiconductor device 100 with the photoresist 517 is placed on the support plate 605 .
- the energy source 607 generates the desired energy 611 (e.g., light) which passes through the patterned mask 609 and the optics 617 on its way to the photoresist 517 .
- the patterned energy 615 impinging upon portions of the photoresist 517 induces a reaction of the PACs within the photoresist 517 .
- the chemical reaction products of the PACs' absorption of the patterned energy 615 e.g., acids/bases/free radicals
- reacts with the polymer resin chemically altering the photoresist 517 in those portions that were illuminated through the patterned mask 609 .
- FIG. 6B illustrates a close up view of the box labeled 621 in FIG. 6A during the exposure process.
- the desired energy 611 e.g., light
- the desired energy 611 does not come straight down but is, rather, made up of a plurality of individual beams which first converge and then diverge around a center point C P .
- the individual beams will be focused with respect to each other and with respect to the photoresist 517 .
- the energy 611 is focused so that all of the various divergent beams of the energy 611 are converged and are concentrated into an in-focus area 613 with a desired width.
- the in-focus area 613 will have a first width W 1 of between about 5 ⁇ m and about 500 ⁇ m, such as about 40 ⁇ m. However, any suitable width may be utilized.
- the in-focus area 613 will also have a first height H 1 that is centered around the center point C p of the in-focus area 613 .
- the first height H 1 may be between about 1 ⁇ m and about 100 ⁇ m, such as about 40 ⁇ m. However, any suitable dimensions may be utilized.
- the exposure process of the photoresist 517 is tuned in order to help shape the final structure of the third external connection 901 .
- the placement of the center point C P of the in-focus area 613 is not placed to be within the photoresist 517 itself. Rather, the center point C P of the in-focus area 613 is placed a first distance D 1 below the uppermost surface of the second seed layer 515 .
- the center point C P of the in-focus area 613 may be placed such that the first distance D 1 is between about 60 ⁇ m and about 70 ⁇ m, such as about 65 ⁇ m, below the uppermost surface of the second seed layer 515 .
- FIG. 6C illustrates another embodiment in which the in-focus area 613 is shifted away from being located in the center of the photoresist 517 .
- the center point C P instead of being the center point C P being shifted downward such that the center point C P is located below the bottom surface of the photoresist 517 , the center point C P is shifted in an opposite direction such that the center point C P is located over the photoresist 517 .
- the center point C P may be shifted a second distance D 2 of between about 0 ⁇ m and about 60 ⁇ m, such as about 10 ⁇ m.
- any suitable dimension may be utilized.
- FIG. 6D illustrates one resulting structure of the photoresist 517 after the exposure of the photoresist 517 with the center point C P of the in-focus area 613 being shifted to be below the photoresist 517 .
- the bottom portion of the unexposed region 603 is not straight but is, rather, angled with the remaining portions of the sidewalls of the unexposed region 603 .
- the unexposed region 603 is angled with respect to the second seed layer 515 . This angled shape helps with the formation of the third external connection 901 (not illustrated in FIG. 6D but illustrated and described further below with respect to FIG. 9 ).
- a post-exposure baking may be used in order to assist in the generating, dispersing, and reacting of the acid/base/free radical generated from the impingement of the patterned energy 615 upon the PACs during the exposure. Such assistance helps to create or enhance chemical reactions which generate chemical differences between the exposed region 601 and the unexposed region 603 within the photoresist 517 . These chemical differences also caused differences in the solubility between the exposed region 601 and the unexposed region 603 .
- this post-exposure baking may occur at temperatures of between about 40° C. and about 200° C. for a period of between about 10 seconds and about 10 minutes. However, any suitable temperatures and times may be utilized.
- FIGS. 7A-7B illustrate a development of the photoresist 517 with the use of a developer 701 after the exposure of the photoresist 517 (with FIG. 7B illustrating a close up view of the dashed box labeled 621 in FIG. 7A ).
- the photoresist 517 may be developed using either a negative tone developer or a positive tone developer, depending upon the desired pattern for the photoresist 517 .
- a negative tone developer such as an organic solvent or critical fluid may be utilized to remove those portions of the photoresist 517 which were not exposed to the patterned energy 615 and, as such, retain their original solubility.
- materials that may be utilized include hydrocarbon solvents, alcohol solvents, ether solvents, ester solvents, critical fluids, combinations of these, or the like.
- materials that can be used for the negative tone solvent include hexane, heptane, 2-heptanone, n-butyl acetate, octane, toluene, xylene, dichloromethane, chloroform, carbon tetrachloride, trichloroethylene, methanol, ethanol, propanol, butanol, critical carbon dioxide, diethyl ether, dipropyl ether, dibutyl ether, ethyl vinyl ether, dioxane, propylene oxide, tetrahydrofuran, cellosolve, methyl cellosolve, butyl cellosolve, methyl carbitol, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether, acetone, methyl ethyl ketone, methyl isobutyl ketone, isophorone, cyclohexanone, methyl acetate, ethyl acetate, propyl acetate,
- a positive tone developer such as a basic aqueous solution may be utilized to remove those portions of the photoresist 517 which were exposed to the patterned energy 615 and which have had their solubility modified and changed through the chemical reactions.
- Such basic aqueous solutions may include tetra methyl ammonium hydroxide (TMAH), tetra butyl ammonium hydroxide, sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, sodium carbonate, sodium bicarbonate, sodium silicate, sodium metasilicate, aqueous ammonia, monomethylamine, dimethylamine, trimethylamine, monoethylamine, diethylamine, triethylamine, monoisopropylamine, diisopropylamine, triisopropylamine, monobutylamine, dibutylamine, monoethanolamine, diethanolamine, triethanolamine, dimethylaminoethanol, diethylaminoethanol, ammonia, caustic soda, caustic potash, sodium metasilicate, potassium metasilicate, sodium carbonate, tetraethylammonium hydroxide, combinations of these, or the like.
- TMAH tetra methyl ammonium hydroxide
- TMAH tetra butyl
- positive tone developers and negative tone developers are only intended to be illustrative and are not intended to limit the embodiments to only the developers listed above. Rather, any suitable type of developer, including acid developers or even water developers, that may be utilized to selectively remove a portion of the photoresist 517 that has a different property (e.g., solubility) than another portion of the photoresist 517 , may be utilized, and all such developers are fully intended to be included within the scope of the embodiments.
- FIG. 7A illustrates an application of the developer 701 to the photoresist 517 using, e.g., a spin-on process.
- the developer 701 is applied to the photoresist 517 from above the photoresist 517 while the semiconductor device 100 (and the photoresist 517 ) is rotated.
- the developer 701 may be supplied at a flow rate of between about 10 ml/min and about 2000 ml/min, such as about 1000 ml/min, while the semiconductor device 100 is being rotated at a speed of between about 100 rpm and about 3500 rpm, such as about 1500 rpm.
- the developer 701 may be at a temperature of between about 10° C. and about 80° C., such as about 50° C., and the development may continue for between about 1 minute to about 60 minutes, such as about 30 minutes.
- spin-on method described herein is one suitable method for developing the photoresist 517 after exposure, it is intended to be illustrative and is not intended to limit the embodiments. Rather, any suitable method for development, including dip processes, puddle processes, spray-on processes, combinations of these, or the like, may be used. All such development processes are fully intended to be included within the scope of the embodiments.
- FIG. 7B illustrates a cross-section of the development process in which a negative tone developer is utilized.
- the developer 701 is applied to the photoresist 517 and dissolves the unexposed region 603 of the photoresist 517 .
- This dissolving and removing of the unexposed region 603 of the photoresist 517 leaves behind an opening within the photoresist 517 that patterns the photoresist 517 in the shape of the patterned energy 615 , thereby transferring the pattern of the patterned mask 609 to the photoresist 517 .
- FIG. 7B also illustrates that, after the development process has been completed and the developer 701 has been removed from the photoresist 517 , the opening within the photoresist 517 will have a bottom portion that is angled to intercept the second seed layer 515 .
- the bottom portion may be at a first angle ⁇ 1 of between about 5° and about 85°, such as about 45°. However, any suitable angle may be utilized.
- the bottom portion may be formed to have a second width W 2 of between about 0.1 ⁇ m and about 10 ⁇ m, such as about 5 ⁇ m.
- the bottom portion may also have a second height H 2 of between about 0.1 ⁇ m and about 10 ⁇ m, such as about 5 ⁇ m.
- any suitable dimensions may be utilized.
- FIG. 8 illustrates a close up view of the dashed box labeled 621 in FIG. 7A during a post developed annealing process (represented in FIG. 8 by the wavy lines labeled 801 ) that is utilized to help reshape the opening through the photoresist 517 .
- the annealing process 801 may be a thermal anneal wherein the photoresist 517 is heated within, e.g., a furnace, within an inert atmosphere.
- the annealing process 801 may be performed at a temperature that is above the glass transition temperature (T g ), such as between about 100° C. and about 130° C., such as about 120° C., and may be continued for a time of between about 120 s and about 7 min, such as about 5 min.
- T g glass transition temperature
- any suitable process conditions may be utilized.
- the temperature will be raised above the glass transition temperature of the photoresist 517 , and the photoresist 517 will slightly melt and partially reshape itself, thereby also reshaping the openings through the photoresist 517 .
- the annealing process 801 will at least partially reshape the bottom portion such that after the annealing process 801 the bottom portion may be at a second angle ⁇ 2 or flare angle that is different from the first angle ⁇ 1 , such as being between about 10° and about 85°, such as about 45°.
- the bottom portion may be formed to have a third width W 3 of between about 0.5 ⁇ m and about 11 ⁇ m, such as about 5 ⁇ m, and a third height H 3 of between about 0.5 ⁇ m and about 11 ⁇ m, such as about 5 ⁇ m.
- W 3 of between about 0.5 ⁇ m and about 11 ⁇ m, such as about 5 ⁇ m
- H 3 of between about 0.5 ⁇ m and about 11 ⁇ m, such as about 5 ⁇ m.
- any suitable dimensions may be utilized.
- FIG. 9 illustrates a close-up view of the dashed box labeled 621 in FIG. 7A in which, once the photoresist 517 has been patterned and the annealing process 801 has been performed, the third external connection 901 may be formed within the openings of the photoresist 517 .
- the third external connection 901 may be, for example, a copper pillar and may comprise one or more conductive materials, such as copper, tungsten, other conductive metals, or the like, and may be formed, for example, by electroplating, electroless plating, or the like.
- an electroplating process is used wherein the second seed layer 515 and the photoresist 517 are submerged or immersed in an electroplating solution such as a copper sulfate (CuSO 4 ) containing solution.
- the second seed layer 515 surface is electrically connected to the negative side of an external DC power supply such that the second seed layer 515 functions as the cathode in the electroplating process.
- a solid conductive anode, such as a copper anode, is also immersed in the solution and is attached to the positive side of the power supply.
- the atoms from the anode are dissolved into the solution, from which the cathode, e.g., the second seed layer 515 , acquires the dissolved atoms, thereby plating the exposed conductive areas of the second seed layer 515 within the opening of the photoresist 517 .
- the profile can help to avoid the plating solution (e.g., the CuSO 4 plating solution) from penetrating into the photoresist and causing a risk of underplating during the plating process.
- the plating solution e.g., the CuSO 4 plating solution
- the photoresist 517 may be removed using a suitable removal process.
- a plasma ashing process may be used to remove the photoresist 517 , whereby the temperature of the photoresist 517 may be increased until the photoresist 517 experiences a thermal decomposition and may be removed.
- any other suitable process such as a wet strip, may be utilized. The removal of the photoresist 517 may expose the underlying portions of the second seed layer 515 .
- the third external connection 901 By plating the third external connection 901 into an opening formed through the photoresist 517 , the third external connection 901 will take on the shape of the opening through the photoresist 517 . As such, the third external connection 901 will also have a middle portion outside of the sixth passivation layer 513 and the second seed layer 515 , wherein the middle portion is angled inwards at an angle to the underlying seed layer. In an embodiment the middle portion has the second angle ⁇ 2 , the third width W 3 , and the third height H 3 . However, any suitable dimensions may be utilized.
- FIG. 10 illustrates that, once the second seed layer 515 has been exposed, a removal of the exposed portions of the second seed layer 515 may be performed.
- the exposed portions of the second seed layer 515 e.g., those portions that are not covered by the third external connection 901
- the exposed portions of the second seed layer 515 may be removed by, for example, a wet or dry etching process.
- reactants may be directed towards the second seed layer 515 using the third external connection 901 as masks, thereby forming the second seed layer 515 to have a straight sidewall perpendicular with a surface of the sixth passivation layer 513 .
- etchants may be sprayed or otherwise put into contact with the second seed layer 515 in order to remove the exposed portions of the second seed layer 515 .
- the profile of the third external connection 901 can be modified to under-cut the third external connection 901 and help to reduce or eliminate cracks that can form between the third external connection 901 and the underlying passivation layer.
- the under-cut of the third external connection 901 helps to reduce compressional stress during reliability torture tests. With the possibility of cracks reduced, a smaller pitch size can be obtained while still passing torture tests.
- FIG. 11 illustrates a formation of fourth external connections 1101 on the third external connections 901 .
- the fourth external connections 1101 may be contact bumps such as microbumps or controlled collapse chip connection (C4) bumps and may comprise a material such as tin, or other suitable materials, such as silver or copper.
- the fourth external connections 1101 may comprise a material such as tin, or other suitable materials, such as silver, lead-free tin, or copper.
- the fourth external connection 1101 may be formed by initially forming a layer of tin through such commonly used methods such as evaporation, electroplating, printing, solder transfer, ball placement, etc, to a thickness of, e.g., about 100 ⁇ m. Once a layer of tin has been formed on the structure, a reflow may be performed in order to shape the material into the desired bump shape which may have a critical dimension of between about 60 ⁇ m and about 100 ⁇ m, and may be formed in either a round shape or an elliptical shape.
- the fourth external connections 1101 may be formed in the shape of a circle in a top down view.
- this is merely intended to be illustrative and is not intended to be limit the embodiments. Rather, any suitable shape, such as an elliptical shape, or a combination of shapes, may also be utilized.
- FIG. 12 illustrates a debonding of the carrier substrate 101 from the first semiconductor device 201 and the second semiconductor device 301 .
- the fourth external connection 1101 and, hence, the structure including the first semiconductor device 201 and the second semiconductor device 301 may be attached to a ring structure 1201 .
- the ring structure 1201 may be a metal ring intended to provide support and stability for the structure during and after the debonding process.
- the fourth external connection 1101 , the first semiconductor device 201 , and the second semiconductor device 301 are attached to the ring structure using, e.g., a ultraviolet tape 1203 , although any other suitable adhesive or attachment may be used.
- the carrier substrate 101 may be debonded from the structure including the first semiconductor device 201 and the second semiconductor device 301 using, e.g., a thermal process to alter the adhesive properties of the adhesive layer 103 .
- a thermal process to alter the adhesive properties of the adhesive layer 103 .
- an energy source such as an ultraviolet (UV) laser, a carbon dioxide (CO 2 ) laser, or an infrared (IR) laser, is utilized to irradiate and heat the adhesive layer 103 until the adhesive layer 103 loses at least some of its adhesive properties.
- UV ultraviolet
- CO 2 carbon dioxide
- IR infrared
- FIG. 12 additionally illustrates a patterning of the polymer layer 105 in order to expose the vias 111 (along with the associated first seed layer 107 ).
- the polymer layer 105 may be patterned using, e.g., a laser drilling method.
- a protective layer such as a light-to-heat conversion (LTHC) layer or a hogomax layer (not separately illustrated in FIG. 12 ) is first deposited over the polymer layer 105 . Once protected, a laser is directed towards those portions of the polymer layer 105 which are desired to be removed in order to expose the underlying vias 111 .
- LTHC light-to-heat conversion
- hogomax layer not separately illustrated in FIG. 12
- the drill energy may be in a range from 0.1 mJ to about 30 mJ, and a drill angle of about 0 degree (perpendicular to the polymer layer 105 ) to about 85 degrees to normal of the polymer layer 105 .
- the patterning may be performed to form fourth openings 1205 over the vias 111 to have a width of between about 100 ⁇ m and about 300 ⁇ m, such as about 200 ⁇ m.
- the polymer layer 105 may be patterned by initially applying a photoresist (not individually illustrated in FIG. 12 ) to the polymer layer 105 and then exposing the photoresist to a patterned energy source (e.g., a patterned light source) so as to induce a chemical reaction, thereby inducing a physical change in those portions of the photoresist exposed to the patterned light source.
- a patterned energy source e.g., a patterned light source
- a developer is then applied to the exposed photoresist to take advantage of the physical changes and selectively remove either the exposed portion of the photoresist or the unexposed portion of the photoresist, depending upon the desired pattern, and the underlying exposed portion of the polymer layer 105 are removed with, e.g., a dry etch process.
- any other suitable method for patterning the polymer layer 105 may be utilized.
- FIG. 13 illustrates a placement of a backside ball pad 1301 within the openings of the polymer layer 105 in order to protect the now exposed vias 111 .
- the backside ball pads 1301 may comprise a conductive material such as solder on paste or an oxygen solder protection (OSP), although any suitable material may be utilized.
- OSP oxygen solder protection
- the backside ball pads 1301 may be applied using a stencil, although any suitable method of application may be utilized, and then reflowed in order to form a bump shape.
- FIG. 13 also illustrates a placement and patterning of a backside protection layer 1303 over the backside ball pads 1301 , effectively sealing the joint between the backside ball pads 1301 and the vias 111 from intrusion by moisture.
- the backside protection layer 1303 may be a protective material such as a PBO, Solder Resistance (SR), Lamination Compound (LC) tape, Ajinomoto build-up film (ABF), non-conductive paste (NCP), non-conductive film (NCF), patterned underfill (PUF), warpage improvement adhesive (WIA), liquid molding compound V9, combinations of these, or the like.
- SR Solder Resistance
- LC Lamination Compound
- ABS Ajinomoto build-up film
- NCP non-conductive paste
- NCF non-conductive film
- NPF non-conductive film
- PEF patterned underfill
- WIA warpage improvement adhesive
- liquid molding compound V9 combinations of these, or the like.
- any suitable material may also be used.
- the backside protection layer 1303 may be
- FIG. 13 also illustrates that, once the backside protection layer 1303 has been placed, the backside protection layer 1303 may be patterned in order to expose the backside ball pads 1301 .
- the backside protection layer 1303 may be patterned using, e.g., a laser drilling method, by which a laser is directed towards those portions of the backside protection layer 1303 which are desired to be removed in order to expose the backside ball pads 1301 .
- the drill energy may be in a range from 0.1 mJ to about 30 mJ, and a drill angle of about 0 degree (perpendicular to the backside protection layer 1303 ) to about 85 degrees to normal of the backside protection layer 1303 .
- the exposure may form openings with a diameter of between about 30 ⁇ m and about 300 ⁇ m, such as about 150 ⁇ m.
- the backside protection layer 1303 may be patterned by initially applying a photoresist (not individually illustrated in FIG. 13 ) to the backside protection layer 1303 and then exposing the photoresist to a patterned energy source (e.g., a patterned light source) so as to induce a chemical reaction, thereby inducing a physical change in those portions of the photoresist exposed to the patterned light source.
- a patterned energy source e.g., a patterned light source
- a developer is then applied to the exposed photoresist to take advantage of the physical changes and selectively remove either the exposed portion of the photoresist or the unexposed portion of the photoresist, depending upon the desired pattern, and the underlying exposed portion of the backside protection layer 1303 are removed with, e.g., a dry etch process.
- any other suitable method for patterning the backside protection layer 1303 may be utilized.
- FIG. 13 also illustrates a bonding of the backside ball pads 1301 to a first package 1300 .
- the first package 1300 may comprise a third substrate 1305 , a third semiconductor device 1307 , a fourth semiconductor device 1309 (bonded to the third semiconductor device 1307 ), third contact pads 1311 , a second encapsulant 1313 , and fifth external connections 1315 .
- the third substrate 1305 may be, e.g., a packaging substrate comprising internal interconnects (e.g., through substrate vias 1317 ) to connect the third semiconductor device 1307 and the fourth semiconductor device 1309 to the backside ball pads 1301 .
- the third substrate 1305 may be an interposer used as an intermediate substrate to connect the third semiconductor device 1307 and the fourth semiconductor device 1309 to the backside ball pads 1301 .
- the third substrate 1305 may be, e.g., a silicon substrate, doped or undoped, or an active layer of a silicon-on-insulator (SOI) substrate.
- SOI silicon-on-insulator
- the third substrate 1305 may also be a glass substrate, a ceramic substrate, a polymer substrate, or any other substrate that may provide a suitable protection and/or interconnection functionality. These and any other suitable materials may be used for the third substrate 1305 .
- the third semiconductor device 1307 may be a semiconductor device designed for an intended purpose such as being a logic die, a central processing unit (CPU) die, a memory die (e.g., a DRAM die), combinations of these, or the like.
- the third semiconductor device 1307 comprises integrated circuit devices, such as transistors, capacitors, inductors, resistors, metallization layers (not shown), and the like, therein, as desired for a particular functionality.
- the third semiconductor device 1307 is designed and manufactured to work in conjunction with or concurrently with the first semiconductor device 201 .
- the fourth semiconductor device 1309 may be similar to the third semiconductor device 1307 .
- the fourth semiconductor device 1309 may be a semiconductor device designed for an intended purpose (e.g., a DRAM die) and comprising integrated circuit devices for a desired functionality.
- the fourth semiconductor device 1309 is designed to work in conjunction with or concurrently with the first semiconductor device 201 and/or the third semiconductor device 1307 .
- the fourth semiconductor device 1309 may be bonded to the third semiconductor device 1307 .
- the fourth semiconductor device 1309 is only physically bonded with the third semiconductor device 1307 , such as by using an adhesive.
- the fourth semiconductor device 1309 and the third semiconductor device 1307 may be electrically connected to the third substrate 1305 using, e.g., wire bonds 1319 , although any suitable electrical bonding may be utilized.
- the fourth semiconductor device 1309 may be bonded to the third semiconductor device 1307 both physically and electrically.
- the fourth semiconductor device 1309 may comprise external connections (not separately illustrated in FIG. 13 ) that connect with external connections (also not separately illustrated in FIG. 13 ) on the third semiconductor device 1307 in order to interconnect the fourth semiconductor device 1309 with the third semiconductor device 1307 .
- the third contact pads 1311 may be formed on the third substrate 1305 to form electrical connections between the third semiconductor device 1307 and, e.g., the fifth external connections 1315 .
- the third contact pads 1311 may be formed over and in electrical contact with electrical routing (such as through substrate vias 1317 ) within the third substrate 1305 .
- the third contact pads 1311 may comprise aluminum, but other materials, such as copper, may be used.
- the third contact pads 1311 may be formed using a deposition process, such as sputtering, to form a layer of material (not shown) and portions of the layer of material may then be removed through a suitable process (such as photolithographic masking and etching) to form the third contact pads 1311 . However, any other suitable process may be utilized to form the third contact pads 1311 .
- the third contact pads 1311 may be formed to have a thickness of between about 0.5 ⁇ m and about 4 ⁇ m, such as about 1.45 ⁇ m.
- the second encapsulant 1313 may be used to encapsulate and protect the third semiconductor device 1307 , the fourth semiconductor device 1309 , and the third substrate 1305 .
- the second encapsulant 1313 may be a molding compound and may be placed using a molding device (not illustrated in FIG. 13 ).
- the third substrate 1305 , the third semiconductor device 1307 , and the fourth semiconductor device 1309 may be placed within a cavity of the molding device, and the cavity may be hermetically sealed.
- the second encapsulant 1313 may be placed within the cavity either before the cavity is hermetically sealed or else may be injected into the cavity through an injection port.
- the second encapsulant 1313 may be a molding compound resin such as polyimide, PPS, PEEK, PES, a heat resistant crystal resin, combinations of these, or the like.
- the second encapsulant 1313 may be cured in order to harden the second encapsulant 1313 for optimum protection. While the exact curing process is dependent at least in part on the particular material chosen for the second encapsulant 1313 , in an embodiment in which molding compound is chosen as the second encapsulant 1313 , the curing could occur through a process such as heating the second encapsulant 1313 to between about 100° C. and about 130° C., such as about 125° C. for about 60 sec to about 3000 sec, such as about 600 sec. Additionally, initiators and/or catalysts may be included within the second encapsulant 1313 to better control the curing process.
- the curing process described above is merely an exemplary process and is not meant to limit the current embodiments.
- Other curing processes such as irradiation or even allowing the second encapsulant 1313 to harden at ambient temperature, may be used. Any suitable curing process may be used, and all such processes are fully intended to be included within the scope of the embodiments discussed herein.
- the fifth external connections 1315 may be formed to provide an external connection between the third substrate 1305 and, e.g., the backside ball pads 1301 .
- the fifth external connections 1315 may be contact bumps such as microbumps or controlled collapse chip connection (C 4 ) bumps and may comprise a material such as tin, or other suitable materials, such as silver or copper.
- the fifth external connections 1315 are tin solder bumps
- the fifth external connections 1315 may be formed by initially forming a layer of tin through any suitable method such as evaporation, electroplating, printing, solder transfer, ball placement, etc, to a thickness of, e.g., about 100 ⁇ m. Once a layer of tin has been formed on the structure, a reflow is performed in order to shape the material into the desired bump shape.
- the fifth external connections 1315 are aligned with and placed into physical contact with the backside ball pads 1301 , and a bonding is performed.
- the bonding process may comprise a reflow process whereby the temperature of the fifth external connections 1315 is raised to a point where the fifth external connections 1315 will liquefy and flow, thereby bonding the first package 1300 to the backside ball pads 1301 once the fifth external connections 1315 resolidifies.
- FIG. 13 additionally illustrates the bonding of a second package 1321 to the backside ball pads 1301 .
- the second package 1321 may be similar to the first package 1300 , and may be bonded to the backside ball pads 1301 utilizing similar processes. However, the second package 1321 may also be different from the first package 1300 .
- FIG. 14 illustrates a debonding of the fourth external connections 1101 from the ring structure 1201 and a singulation of the structure to form a first integrated fan out package-on-package (InFO-POP) structure 1400 .
- the fourth external connections 1101 may be debonded from the ring structure 1201 by initially bonding the first package 1300 and the second package 1321 to a second ring structure using, e.g., a second ultraviolet tape. Once bonded, the ultraviolet tape 1203 may be irradiated with ultraviolet radiation and, once the ultraviolet tape 1203 has lost its adhesiveness, the fourth external connections 1101 may be physically separated from the ring structure 1201 .
- a singulation of the structure to form the first InFO-POP structure 1400 is performed.
- the singulation may be performed by using a saw blade (not shown) to slice through the encapsulant 401 and the polymer layer 105 between the vias 111 , thereby separating one section from another to form the first InFO-POP structure 1400 with the first semiconductor device 201 .
- a saw blade to singulate the first InFO-POP structure 1400 is merely one illustrative embodiment and is not intended to be limiting.
- a method of manufacturing a semiconductor device includes: applying a photoresist over a seed layer; exposing the photoresist to a patterned energy source, the patterned energy source having an in-focus area with a center point, the center point located below a surface of the photoresist facing towards the seed layer; developing the photoresist to form an opening; and plating an external connector into the opening.
- the method further includes annealing the photoresist after the developing the photoresist, wherein the annealing the photoresist reshapes the opening.
- the annealing the photoresist raises a temperature of the photoresist to between about 110° C. and about 130° C.
- the center point is located below the surface of the photoresist a distance of between about 60 ⁇ m and about 70 ⁇ m.
- the method further includes removing a portion of the seed layer not covered by the external connector.
- the developing the photoresist comprises removing an unexposed portion of the photoresist.
- the seed layer is located over an encapsulant around a semiconductor device and a through encapsulant via.
- a method of manufacturing a semiconductor device includes: exposing a photoresist to a patterned energy source, the photoresist being located over an encapsulant located between a semiconductor die and a through encapsulant via; developing the photoresist to form an opening with a first shape; performing a post-development baking process to reshape the opening into a second shape different from the first shape, wherein the second shape comprises a flare near a bottom of the opening; and plating a conductive material into the opening.
- the exposing the photoresist focuses the patterned energy source to form an in-focus area, the in-focus area having a center point below the photoresist.
- the center point is located below the photoresist a distance of between about 60 ⁇ m and about 70 ⁇ m.
- the post-development baking process raises a temperature of the photoresist to a temperature between about 100° C. and about 130° C.
- the flare extends in a first direction parallel with a major surface of the encapsulant a first distance, the first distance being between about 0.1 ⁇ m and about 10 ⁇ m.
- the flare extends in a second direction perpendicular with the major surface of the encapsulant a second distance, the second distance between about 0.5 ⁇ m and about 10 ⁇ m.
- the flare is located at a flare angle of between about 10° and about 85°.
- a semiconductor device includes: a semiconductor die; an encapsulant encapsulating the semiconductor die; a through encapsulant via extending from a first side of the encapsulant to a second side of the encapsulant; a passivation layer over the encapsulant; and an external connector over the encapsulant, the external connector including: a first portion with a first width, the first portion extending through the passivation layer; a second portion with a second width larger than the first width, the second portion being located outside of the passivation layer; and a tapered portion extending from the second portion to the first portion.
- the tapered portion is located at a tapered angle to a line, the line being parallel with a major surface of the encapsulant, the tapered angle being between about 10° and about 85°.
- the semiconductor device further includes a solder ball in physical contact with the external connector, the solder ball having an oval shape.
- the semiconductor device further includes a solder ball in physical contact with the external connector, the solder ball having a round shape.
- the semiconductor device further includes a seed layer located between the external connector and the passivation layer, the seed layer having a straight sidewall perpendicular to a surface of the passivation layer.
- the semiconductor device further includes a redistribution layer located between the external connector and the encapsulant.
Abstract
Description
- This application is a division of U.S. patent application Ser. No. 16/148,649, filed on Oct. 1, 2018, and entitled “Methods of Manufacturing Semiconductor Devices,” which claims priority to and the benefit of U.S. Provisional Application No. 62/691,878, filed on Jun. 29, 2018, and entitled “Semiconductor Device and Method of Manufacture,” which applications are incorporated herein by reference.
- The semiconductor industry has experienced rapid growth due to continuous improvements in the integration density of a variety of electronic components (e.g., transistors, diodes, resistors, capacitors, etc.). For the most part, this improvement in integration density has come from repeated reductions in minimum feature size (e.g., shrinking the semiconductor process node towards the sub-20 nm node), which allows more components to be integrated into a given area. As the demand for miniaturization, higher speed and greater bandwidth, as well as lower power consumption and latency has grown recently, there has grown a need for smaller and more creative packaging techniques of semiconductor dies.
- As semiconductor technologies further advance, stacked and bonded semiconductor devices have emerged as an effective alternative to further reduce the physical size of a semiconductor device. In a stacked semiconductor device, active circuits such as logic, memory, processor circuits and the like are fabricated at least partially on separate substrates and then physically and electrically bonded together in order to form a functional device. Such bonding processes utilize sophisticated techniques, and improvements are desired.
- Aspects of the present disclosure are best understood from the following detailed description when read with the accompanying figures. It is noted that, in accordance with the standard practice in the industry, various features are not drawn to scale. In fact, the dimensions of the various features may be arbitrarily increased or reduced for clarity of discussion.
-
FIG. 1 illustrates a formation of through interposer vias in accordance with some embodiments. -
FIG. 2 illustrates a semiconductor device in accordance with some embodiments. -
FIG. 3 illustrates a placement of the semiconductor device in accordance with some embodiments. -
FIG. 4 illustrates an encapsulant of the through interposer vias and the semiconductor device in accordance with some embodiments. -
FIG. 5 illustrates a placement of a photoresist in accordance with some embodiments. -
FIGS. 6A-6D illustrate an exposure of the photoresist in accordance with some embodiments. -
FIGS. 7A-7B illustrate a development of the photoresist in accordance with some embodiments. -
FIG. 8 illustrates a post-development annealing process in accordance with some embodiments. -
FIG. 9 illustrates a formation of an external connection in accordance with some embodiments. -
FIG. 10 illustrates a patterning of a seed layer in accordance with some embodiments. -
FIG. 11 illustrates a formation of conductive bumps on the external connection in accordance with some embodiments. -
FIG. 12 illustrates a debonding of the carrier wafer in accordance with some embodiments. -
FIG. 13 illustrates a bonding of a second package in accordance with some embodiments. -
FIG. 14 illustrates a singulation in accordance with some embodiments. - The following disclosure provides many different embodiments, or examples, for implementing different features of the invention. Specific examples of components and arrangements are described below to simplify the present disclosure. These are, of course, merely examples and are not intended to be limiting. For example, the formation of a first feature over or on a second feature in the description that follows may include embodiments in which the first and second features are formed in direct contact, and may also include embodiments in which additional features may be formed between the first and second features, such that the first and second features may not be in direct contact. In addition, the present disclosure may repeat reference numerals and/or letters in the various examples. This repetition is for the purpose of simplicity and clarity and does not in itself dictate a relationship between the various embodiments and/or configurations discussed.
- Further, spatially relative terms, such as “beneath,” “below,” “lower,” “above,” “upper” and the like, may be used herein for ease of description to describe one element or feature's relationship to another element(s) or feature(s) as illustrated in the figures. The spatially relative terms are intended to encompass different orientations of the device in use or operation in addition to the orientation depicted in the figures. The apparatus may be otherwise oriented (rotated 90 degrees or at other orientations) and the spatially relative descriptors used herein may likewise be interpreted accordingly.
- With reference now to
FIG. 1 , there is shown acarrier substrate 101 with anadhesive layer 103, apolymer layer 105, and afirst seed layer 107 over thecarrier substrate 101. Thecarrier substrate 101 comprises, for example, silicon based materials, such as glass or silicon oxide, or other materials, such as aluminum oxide, combinations of any of these materials, or the like. Thecarrier substrate 101 is planar in order to accommodate an attachment of semiconductor devices such as afirst semiconductor device 201 and a second semiconductor device 301 (not illustrated inFIG. 1 but illustrated and discussed below with respect toFIGS. 2-3 ). - The
adhesive layer 103 is placed on thecarrier substrate 101 in order to assist in the adherence of overlying structures (e.g., the polymer layer 105). In an embodiment theadhesive layer 103 may comprise an ultra-violet glue, which loses its adhesive properties when exposed to ultra-violet light. However, other types of adhesives, such as pressure sensitive adhesives, radiation curable adhesives, epoxies, combinations of these, or the like, may also be used. Theadhesive layer 103 may be placed onto thecarrier substrate 101 in a semi-liquid or gel form, which is readily deformable under pressure. - The
polymer layer 105 is placed over theadhesive layer 103 and is utilized in order to provide protection to, e.g., thefirst semiconductor device 201 and thesecond semiconductor device 301 once thefirst semiconductor device 201 and thesecond semiconductor device 301 have been attached. In an embodiment thepolymer layer 105 may be polybenzoxazole (PBO), although any suitable material, such as polyimide or a polyimide derivative, Solder Resistance (SR), or Ajinomoto build-up film (ABF) may be utilized. Thepolymer layer 105 may be placed using, e.g., a spin-coating process to a thickness of between about 2 μm and about 15 μm, such as about 5 μm, although any suitable method and thickness may be used. - The
first seed layer 107 is formed over thepolymer layer 105. In an embodiment thefirst seed layer 107 is a thin layer of a conductive material that aids in the formation of a thicker layer during subsequent processing steps. Thefirst seed layer 107 may comprise a layer of titanium about 1,000 Å thick followed by a layer of copper about 5,000 Å thick. Thefirst seed layer 107 may be created using processes such as sputtering, evaporation, or PECVD processes, depending upon the desired materials. Thefirst seed layer 107 may be formed to have a thickness of between about 0.3 μm and about 1 μm, such as about 0.5 μm. -
FIG. 1 also illustrates a placement and patterning of aphotoresist 109 over thefirst seed layer 107. In an embodiment thephotoresist 109 may be placed on thefirst seed layer 107 using, e.g., a spin coating technique to a height of between about 50 μm and about 250 μm, such as about 120 μm. Once in place, thephotoresist 109 may then be patterned by exposing thephotoresist 109 to a patterned energy source (e.g., a patterned light source) so as to induce a chemical reaction, thereby inducing a physical change in those portions of thephotoresist 109 exposed to the patterned light source. A developer is then applied to the exposedphotoresist 109 to take advantage of the physical changes and selectively remove either the exposed portion of thephotoresist 109 or the unexposed portion of thephotoresist 109, depending upon the desired pattern. - In an embodiment the pattern formed into the
photoresist 109 is a pattern forvias 111. Thevias 111 are formed in such a placement as to be located on different sides of subsequently attached devices such as thefirst semiconductor device 201 and thesecond semiconductor device 301. However, any suitable arrangement for the pattern ofvias 111, such as by being located such that thefirst semiconductor device 201 and thesecond semiconductor device 301 are placed on opposing sides of thevias 111, may be utilized. - In an embodiment the
vias 111 are formed within thephotoresist 109. In an embodiment thevias 111 comprise one or more conductive materials, such as copper, tungsten, other conductive metals, or the like, and may be formed, for example, by electroplating, electroless plating, or the like. In an embodiment, an electroplating process is used wherein thefirst seed layer 107 and thephotoresist 109 are submerged or immersed in an electroplating solution. Thefirst seed layer 107 surface is electrically connected to the negative side of an external DC power supply such that thefirst seed layer 107 functions as the cathode in the electroplating process. A solid conductive anode, such as a copper anode, is also immersed in the solution and is attached to the positive side of the power supply. The atoms from the anode are dissolved into the solution, from which the cathode, e.g., thefirst seed layer 107, acquires the dissolved atoms, thereby plating the exposed conductive areas of thefirst seed layer 107 within the opening of thephotoresist 109. - Once the
vias 111 have been formed using thephotoresist 109 and thefirst seed layer 107, thephotoresist 109 may be removed using a suitable removal process (not illustrated inFIG. 1 but seen inFIG. 3 below). In an embodiment, a plasma ashing process may be used to remove thephotoresist 109, whereby the temperature of thephotoresist 109 may be increased until thephotoresist 109 experiences a thermal decomposition and may be removed. However, any other suitable process, such as a wet strip, may be utilized. The removal of thephotoresist 109 may expose the underlying portions of thefirst seed layer 107. - Once exposed a removal of the exposed portions of the
first seed layer 107 may be performed (not illustrated inFIG. 1 but seen inFIG. 3 below). In an embodiment the exposed portions of the first seed layer 107 (e.g., those portions that are not covered by the vias 111) may be removed by, for example, a wet or dry etching process. For example, in a dry etching process reactants may be directed towards thefirst seed layer 107 using thevias 111 as masks. In another embodiment, etchants may be sprayed or otherwise put into contact with thefirst seed layer 107 in order to remove the exposed portions of thefirst seed layer 107. After the exposed portion of thefirst seed layer 107 has been etched away, a portion of thepolymer layer 105 is exposed between thevias 111. -
FIG. 2 illustrates afirst semiconductor device 201 that will be attached to thepolymer layer 105 within the vias 111 (not illustrated inFIG. 2 but illustrated and described below with respect toFIG. 3 ). In an embodiment thefirst semiconductor device 201 comprises afirst substrate 203, first active devices (not individually illustrated), first metallization layers 205,first contact pads 207, afirst passivation layer 211, and firstexternal connectors 209. Thefirst substrate 203 may comprise bulk silicon, doped or undoped, or an active layer of a silicon-on-insulator (SOI) substrate. Generally, an SOI substrate comprises a layer of a semiconductor material such as silicon, germanium, silicon germanium, SOI, silicon germanium on insulator (SGOI), or combinations thereof. Other substrates that may be used include multi-layered substrates, gradient substrates, or hybrid orientation substrates. - The first active devices comprise a wide variety of active devices and passive devices such as capacitors, resistors, inductors and the like that may be used to generate the desired structural and functional desires of the design for the
first semiconductor device 201. The first active devices may be formed using any suitable methods either within or else on thefirst substrate 203. - The first metallization layers 205 are formed over the
first substrate 203 and the first active devices and are designed to connect the various active devices to form functional circuitry. In an embodiment the first metallization layers 205 are formed of alternating layers of dielectric and conductive material and may be formed through any suitable process (such as deposition, damascene, dual damascene, etc.). In an embodiment there may be four layers of metallization separated from thefirst substrate 203 by at least one interlayer dielectric layer (ILD), but the precise number of first metallization layers 205 is dependent upon the design of thefirst semiconductor device 201. - The
first contact pads 207 may be formed over and in electrical contact with the first metallization layers 205. Thefirst contact pads 207 may comprise aluminum, but other materials, such as copper, may be used. Thefirst contact pads 207 may be formed using a deposition process, such as sputtering, to form a layer of material (not shown) and portions of the layer of material may then be removed through a suitable process (such as photolithographic masking and etching) to form thefirst contact pads 207. However, any other suitable process may be utilized to form thefirst contact pads 207. Thefirst contact pads 207 may be formed to have a thickness of between about 0.5 μm and about 4 μm, such as about 1.45 μm. - The
first passivation layer 211 may be formed on thefirst substrate 203 over the first metallization layers 205 and thefirst contact pads 207. Thefirst passivation layer 211 may be made of one or more suitable dielectric materials such as silicon oxide, silicon nitride, low-k dielectrics such as carbon doped oxides, extremely low-k dielectrics such as porous carbon doped silicon dioxide, combinations of these, or the like. Thefirst passivation layer 211 may be formed through a process such as chemical vapor deposition (CVD), although any suitable process may be utilized, and may have a thickness between about 0.5 μm and about 5 μm, such as about 9.25 KÅ. - The first
external connectors 209 may be formed to provide conductive regions for contact between thefirst contact pads 207 and, e.g., a first redistribution layer 501 (not illustrated inFIG. 2 but illustrated and described below with respect toFIG. 5 ). In an embodiment the firstexternal connectors 209 may be conductive pillars and may be formed by initially forming a photoresist (not shown) over thefirst passivation layer 211 to a thickness between about 5 μm to about 20 μm, such as about 10 μm. The photoresist may be patterned to expose portions of the first passivation layers through which the conductive pillars will extend. Once patterned, the photoresist may then be used as a mask to remove the desired portions of thefirst passivation layer 211, thereby exposing those portions of the underlyingfirst contact pads 207 to which the firstexternal connectors 209 will make contact. - The first
external connectors 209 may be formed within the openings of both thefirst passivation layer 211 and the photoresist. The firstexternal connectors 209 may be formed from a conductive material such as copper, although other conductive materials such as nickel, gold, or metal alloy, combinations of these, or the like may also be used. Additionally, the firstexternal connectors 209 may be formed using a process such as electroplating, by which an electric current is run through the conductive portions of thefirst contact pads 207 to which the firstexternal connectors 209 are desired to be formed, and thefirst contact pads 207 are immersed in a solution. The solution and the electric current deposit, e.g., copper, within the openings in order to fill and/or overfill the openings of the photoresist and thefirst passivation layer 211, thereby forming the firstexternal connectors 209. Excess conductive material and photoresist outside of the openings of thefirst passivation layer 211 may then be removed using, for example, an ashing process, a chemical mechanical polish (CMP) process, combinations of these, or the like. - However, as one of ordinary skill in the art will recognize, the above described process to form the first
external connectors 209 is merely one such description, and is not meant to limit the embodiments to this exact process. Rather, the described process is intended to be merely illustrative, as any suitable process for forming the firstexternal connectors 209 may be utilized. All suitable processes are fully intended to be included within the scope of the present embodiments. - On an opposite side of the
first substrate 203 than the first metallization layers 205, a die attach film (DAF) 213 may be formed in order to assist in the attachment of thefirst semiconductor device 201 to thepolymer layer 105. In an embodiment the die attachfilm 213 is an epoxy resin, a phenol resin, acrylic rubber, silica filler, or a combination thereof, and is applied using a lamination technique. However, any other suitable material and method of formation may be utilized. -
FIG. 3 illustrates a placement of thefirst semiconductor device 201 onto thepolymer layer 105 along with a placement of asecond semiconductor device 301. In an embodiment thesecond semiconductor device 301 may comprise asecond substrate 303, second active devices (not individually illustrated), second metallization layers 305,second contact pads 307, asecond passivation layer 311, and secondexternal connectors 309. In an embodiment thesecond substrate 303, the second active devices, the second metallization layers 305, thesecond contact pads 307, thesecond passivation layer 311, and the secondexternal connectors 309 may be similar to thefirst substrate 203, the first active devices, the first metallization layers 205, thefirst contact pads 207, thefirst passivation layer 211, and the firstexternal connectors 209, although they may also be different. - In an embodiment the
first semiconductor device 201 and thesecond semiconductor device 301 may be placed onto thepolymer layer 105 using, e.g., a pick and place process. However, any other method of placing thefirst semiconductor device 201 and thesecond semiconductor device 301 may be used. -
FIG. 4 illustrates an encapsulation of thevias 111, thefirst semiconductor device 201 and thesecond semiconductor device 301. The encapsulation may be performed in a molding device (not individually illustrated inFIG. 4 ), which may comprise a top molding portion and a bottom molding portion separable from the top molding portion. When the top molding portion is lowered to be adjacent to the bottom molding portion, a molding cavity may be formed for thecarrier substrate 101, thevias 111, thefirst semiconductor device 201, and thesecond semiconductor device 301. - During the encapsulation process the top molding portion may be placed adjacent to the bottom molding portion, thereby enclosing the
carrier substrate 101, thevias 111, thefirst semiconductor device 201, and thesecond semiconductor device 301 within the molding cavity. Once enclosed, the top molding portion and the bottom molding portion may form an airtight seal in order to control the influx and outflux of gasses from the molding cavity. Once sealed, anencapsulant 401 may be placed within the molding cavity. Theencapsulant 401 may be a molding compound resin such as polyimide, PPS, PEEK, PES, a heat resistant crystal resin, combinations of these, or the like. Theencapsulant 401 may be placed within the molding cavity prior to the alignment of the top molding portion and the bottom molding portion, or else may be injected into the molding cavity through an injection port. - Once the
encapsulant 401 has been placed into the molding cavity such that theencapsulant 401 encapsulates thecarrier substrate 101, thevias 111, thefirst semiconductor device 201, and thesecond semiconductor device 301, theencapsulant 401 may be cured in order to harden theencapsulant 401 for optimum protection. While the exact curing process is dependent at least in part on the particular material chosen for theencapsulant 401, in an embodiment in which molding compound is chosen as theencapsulant 401, the curing could occur through a process such as heating theencapsulant 401 to between about 100° C. and about 130° C., such as about 125° C. for about 60 sec to about 3000 sec, such as about 600 sec. Additionally, initiators and/or catalysts may be included within theencapsulant 401 to better control the curing process. - However, as one having ordinary skill in the art will recognize, the curing process described above is merely an exemplary process and is not meant to limit the current embodiments. Other curing processes, such as irradiation or even allowing the
encapsulant 401 to harden at ambient temperature, may be used. Any suitable curing process may be used, and all such processes are fully intended to be included within the scope of the embodiments discussed herein. -
FIG. 4 also illustrates a thinning of theencapsulant 401 in order to expose thevias 111, thefirst semiconductor device 201, and thesecond semiconductor device 301 for further processing. The thinning may be performed, e.g., using a mechanical grinding or chemical mechanical polishing (CMP) process whereby chemical etchants and abrasives are utilized to react and grind away theencapsulant 401, thefirst semiconductor device 201 and thesecond semiconductor device 301 until thevias 111, the first external connectors 209 (on the first semiconductor device 201), and the second external connectors 309 (on the second semiconductor device 301) have been exposed. As such, thefirst semiconductor device 201, thesecond semiconductor device 301, and thevias 111 may have a planar surface that is also coplanar with theencapsulant 401. - However, while the CMP process described above is presented as one illustrative embodiment, it is not intended to be limiting to the embodiments. Any other suitable removal process may be used to thin the
encapsulant 401, thefirst semiconductor device 201, and thesecond semiconductor device 301 and expose thevias 111. For example, a series of chemical etches may be utilized. This process and any other suitable process may be utilized to thin theencapsulant 401, thefirst semiconductor device 201, and thesecond semiconductor device 301, and all such processes are fully intended to be included within the scope of the embodiments. - Optionally, after the
encapsulant 401 has been thinned, thevias 111, the firstexternal connectors 209, and the secondexternal connectors 309 may be recessed within theencapsulant 401. In an embodiment thevias 111, the firstexternal connectors 209, and the secondexternal connectors 309 may be recessed using, e.g., an etching process that utilizes an etchant that is selective to the material of thevias 111, the firstexternal connectors 209, and the second external connectors 309 (e.g., copper). Thevias 111, the firstexternal connectors 209, and the secondexternal connectors 309 may be recessed to a depth of between about 20 μm and about 300 μm, such as about 180 μm. -
FIG. 5 illustrates cross-sectional views of a formation of a first redistribution layer (RDL) 501, asecond redistribution layer 505, and athird redistribution layer 509 in order to interconnect thefirst semiconductor device 201, thesecond semiconductor device 301, and thevias 111. In an embodiment thefirst redistribution layer 501 may be formed by initially forming a seed layer (not shown) of a titanium copper alloy through a suitable formation process such as CVD or sputtering. A photoresist (also not shown) may then be formed to cover the seed layer, and the photoresist may then be patterned to expose those portions of the seed layer that are located where thefirst redistribution layer 501 is desired to be located. - Once the photoresist has been formed and patterned, a conductive material, such as copper, may be formed on the seed layer through a deposition process such as plating. The conductive material may be formed to have a thickness of between about 1 μm and about 10 μm, such as about 5 μm. However, while the material and methods discussed are suitable to form the conductive material, these materials are merely exemplary. Any other suitable materials, such as AlCu or Au, and any other suitable processes of formation, such as CVD or PVD, may be used to form the
first redistribution layer 501. - Once the conductive material has been formed, the photoresist may be removed through a suitable removal process such as ashing. Additionally, after the removal of the photoresist, those portions of the seed layer that were covered by the photoresist may be removed through, for example, a suitable etch process using the conductive material as a mask.
-
FIG. 5 also illustrates a formation of athird passivation layer 503 over thefirst redistribution layer 501 in order to provide protection and isolation for thefirst redistribution layer 501 and the other underlying structures. In an embodiment thethird passivation layer 503 may be polybenzoxazole (PBO), although any suitable material, such as polyimide or a polyimide derivative, may be utilized. Thethird passivation layer 503 may be placed using, e.g., a spin-coating process to a thickness of between about 5 μm and about 25 μm, such as about 7 μm, although any suitable method and thickness may be used. - After the
third passivation layer 503 has been formed, first openings 504 (only one of which is illustrated inFIG. 5 for clarity) may be made through thethird passivation layer 503 by removing portions of thethird passivation layer 503 to expose at least a portion of the underlyingfirst redistribution layer 501. Thefirst openings 504 allows for contact between thefirst redistribution layer 501 and a second redistribution layer 505 (described further below). Thefirst openings 504 may be formed using a suitable photolithographic mask and etching process, although any suitable process to expose portions offirst redistribution layer 501 may be used. - The
second redistribution layer 505 may be formed to provide additional routing and connectivity and in electrical connection with thefirst redistribution layer 501. In an embodiment thesecond redistribution layer 505 may be formed similar to thefirst redistribution layer 501. For example, a seed layer may be formed, a photoresist may be placed and patterned on top of the seed layer, and conductive material may be plated into the patterned openings through the photoresist. Once formed, the photoresist may be removed, the underlying seed layer may be etched, thesecond redistribution layer 505 may be covered by a fourth passivation layer 507 (which may be similar to the third passivation layer 503), and thefourth passivation layer 507 may be patterned to form second openings 506 (only one of which is illustrated inFIG. 5 for clarity) and expose an underlying conductive portion of thesecond redistribution layer 505. - The
third redistribution layer 509 may be formed to provide additional routing along with electrical connection to thesecond redistribution layer 505. In an embodiment thethird redistribution layer 509 may be formed using materials and processes similar to thefirst redistribution layer 501. For example, a seed layer may be formed, a photoresist may be placed and patterned on top of the seed layer in a desired pattern for thethird redistribution layer 509, conductive material is plated into the patterned openings of the photoresist, the photoresist is removed, and the seed layer is etched. - However, in addition to simply rerouting the electrical connections (similar to the second redistribution layer 505), the
third redistribution layer 509 may also comprise a landing pad that will be utilized to form an electrical connection to, e.g., an overlying third external connection 901 (described further below). The landing pad may be shaped in order to make suitable physical and electrical connection with the thirdexternal connection 901. - Once the
third redistribution layer 509 has been formed, thethird redistribution layer 509 may be covered by afifth passivation layer 511. Thefifth passivation layer 511, similar to thethird passivation layer 503, may be formed from a polymer such as PBO, or may be formed of a similar material as the third passivation layer 503 (e.g., polyimide or a polyimide derivative). Thefifth passivation layer 511 may be formed to have a thickness of between about 2 μm and about 15 μm, such as about 5 μm. - Once in place over the
third redistribution layer 509, thefifth passivation layer 511 may be planarized with thethird redistribution layer 509. In an embodiment the planarization may be performed using, e.g., a chemical mechanical polishing process, whereby etchants and abrasives are utilized along with a rotating platen in order to chemically and mechanically remove portions of thefifth passivation layer 511 until thefifth passivation layer 511 is coplanar with thethird redistribution layer 509. However, any suitable planarization process, such as a series of one or more etches or a mechanical grinding process, may be utilized. - After the
fifth passivation layer 511 has been formed and planarized, asixth passivation layer 513 may be placed and patterned over thefifth passivation layer 511 and thethird redistribution layer 509. In an embodiment thesixth passivation layer 513 may be a similar material as the fifth passivation layer 511 (e.g., PBO) and thesixth passivation layer 513 may be patterned in order to expose an underlying portion of thethird redistribution layer 509. In an embodiment thesixth passivation layer 513 may be patterned using a photolithographic masking and etching process, whereby a photoresist is deposited and patterned and then used as a mask during an etching process in order to remove portions of thesixth passivation layer 513 and expose portions of thethird redistribution layer 509. However, any suitable method of patterning thesixth passivation layer 513 may be utilized. - After the
sixth passivation layer 513 has been formed and patterned, asecond seed layer 515 is deposited over thesixth passivation layer 513. In an embodiment thesecond seed layer 515 is a thin layer of a conductive material that aids in the formation of a thicker layer during subsequent processing steps. Thesecond seed layer 515 may comprise a layer of titanium about 1,000 Å thick followed by a layer of copper about 5,000 Å thick. Thesecond seed layer 515 may be created using processes such as sputtering, evaporation, or PECVD processes, depending upon the desired materials. Thesecond seed layer 515 may be formed to have a thickness of between about 0.3 μm and about 1 μm, such as about 0.5 μm. - Once the
second seed layer 515 has been deposited, aphotoresist 517 may be placed onto thesecond seed layer 515 to prepare for a formation of the thirdexternal connection 901. In an embodiment thephotoresist 517 includes a photoresist polymer resin along with one or more photoactive compounds (PACs) in a photoresist solvent. In an embodiment the photoresist polymer resin may comprise a hydrocarbon structure (such as an alicyclic hydrocarbon structure) that contains one or more groups that will decompose (e.g., an acid labile group) or otherwise react when mixed with acids, bases, or free radicals generated by the PACs (as further described below with respect toFIG. 6A ). In an embodiment the hydrocarbon structure comprises a repeating unit that forms a skeletal backbone of the photoresist polymer resin. This repeating unit may include acrylic esters, methacrylic esters, crotonic esters, vinyl esters, maleic diesters, fumaric diesters, itaconic diesters, (meth) acrylonitrile, (meth)acrylamides, styrenes, vinyl ethers, combinations of these, or the like. - Specific structures which may be utilized for the repeating unit of the hydrocarbon structure include methyl acrylate, ethyl acrylate, n-propyl acrylate, isopropyl acrylate, n-butyl acrylate, isobutyl acrylate, tert-butyl acrylate, n-hexyl acrylate, 2-ethylhexyl acrylate, acetoxyethyl acrylate, phenyl acrylate, 2-hydroxyethyl acrylate, 2-methoxyethyl acrylate, 2-ethoxyethyl acrylate, 2-(2-methoxyethoxy)ethyl acrylate, cyclohexyl acrylate, benzyl acrylate, 2-alkyl-2-adamantyl (meth)acrylate or dialkyl(1-adamantyl)methyl (meth) acrylate, methyl methacrylate, ethyl methacrylate, n-propyl methacrylate, isopropyl methacrylate, n-butyl methacrylate, isobutyl methacrylate, tert-butyl methacrylate, n-hexyl methacrylate, 2-ethylhexyl methacrylate, acetoxyethyl methacrylate, phenyl methacrylate, 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate, 2-methoxyethyl methacrylate, 2-ethoxyethyl methacrylate, 2-(2-methoxyethoxy)ethyl methacrylate, cyclohexyl methacrylate, benzyl methacrylate, 3-chloro-2-hydroxypropyl methacrylate, 3-acetoxy-2-hydroxypropyl methacrylate, 3-chloroacetoxy-2-hydroxypropyl methacrylate, butyl crotonate, hexyl crotonate and the like. Examples of the vinyl esters include vinyl acetate, vinyl propionate, vinyl butylate, vinyl methoxyacetate, vinyl benzoate, dimethyl maleate, diethyl maleate, dibutyl maleate, dimethyl fumarate, diethyl fumarate, dibutyl fumarate, dimethyl itaconate, diethyl itaconate, dibutyl itaconate, acrylamide, methyl acrylamide, ethyl acrylamide, propyl acrylamide, n-butyl acrylamide, tert-butyl acrylamide, cyclohexyl acrylamide, 2-methoxyethyl acrylamide, dimethyl acrylamide, diethyl acrylamide, phenyl acrylamide, benzyl acrylamide, methacrylamide, methyl methacrylamide, ethyl methacrylamide, propyl methacrylamide, n-butyl methacrylamide, tert-butyl methacrylamide, cyclohexyl methacrylamide, 2-methoxyethyl methacrylamide, dimethyl methacrylamide, diethyl methacrylamide, phenyl methacrylamide, benzyl methacrylamide, methyl vinyl ether, butyl vinyl ether, hexyl vinyl ether, methoxyethyl vinyl ether, dimethylaminoethyl vinyl ether and the like. Examples of the styrenes include styrene, methyl styrene, dimethyl styrene, trimethyl styrene, ethyl styrene, isopropyl styrene, butyl styrene, methoxy styrene, butoxy styrene, acetoxy styrene, chloro styrene, dichloro styrene, bromo styrene, vinyl methyl benzoate, α-methyl styrene, maleimide, vinylpyridine, vinylpyrrolidone, vinylcarbazole, combinations of these, or the like.
- In an embodiment the repeating unit of the hydrocarbon structure may also have either a monocyclic or a polycyclic hydrocarbon structure substituted into it, or else the monocyclic or polycyclic hydrocarbon structure may be the repeating unit, in order to form an alicyclic hydrocarbon structure. Specific examples of monocyclic structures that may be used include bicycloalkane, tricycloalkane, tetracycloalkane, cyclopentane, cyclohexane, or the like. Specific examples of polycyclic structures that may be used include adamantine, norbornane, isobornane, tricyclodecane, tetracycododecane, or the like.
- The group which will decompose, otherwise known as a leaving group or, in an embodiment in which the PAC is a photoacid generator, an acid labile group, is attached to the hydrocarbon structure so that it will react with the acids/bases/free radicals generated by the PACs during exposure. In an embodiment the group which will decompose may be a carboxylic acid group, a fluorinated alcohol group, a phenolic alcohol group, a sulfonic group, a sulfonamide group, a sulfonylimido group, an (alkylsulfonyl) (alkylcarbonyl)methylene group, an (alkylsulfonyl)(alkyl-carbonyl)imido group, a bis(alkylcarbonyl)methylene group, a bis(alkylcarbonyl)imido group, a bis(alkylsylfonyl)methylene group, a bis(alkylsulfonyl)imido group, a tris(alkylcarbonyl methylene group, a tris(alkylsulfonyl)methylene group, combinations of these, or the like. Specific groups that may be utilized for the fluorinated alcohol group include fluorinated hydroxyalkyl groups, such as a hexafluoroisopropanol group. Specific groups that may be utilized for the carboxylic acid group include acrylic acid groups, methacrylic acid groups, or the like.
- In an embodiment the photoresist polymer resin may also comprise other groups attached to the hydrocarbon structure that help to improve a variety of properties of the polymerizable resin. For example, inclusion of a lactone group to the hydrocarbon structure assists to reduce the amount of line edge roughness after the
photoresist 517 has been developed, thereby helping to reduce the number of defects that occur during development. In an embodiment the lactone groups may include rings having five to seven members, although any suitable lactone structure may be used for the lactone group. - The photoresist polymer resin may also comprise groups that can assist in increasing the adhesiveness of the
photoresist 517 to underlying structures. In an embodiment polar groups may be used to help increase the adhesiveness, and polar groups that may be used in this embodiment include hydroxyl groups, cyano groups, or the like, although any suitable polar group may be utilized. - Optionally, the photoresist polymer resin may further comprise one or more alicyclic hydrocarbon structures that do not also contain a group which will decompose. In an embodiment the hydrocarbon structure that does not contain a group which will decompose may include structures such as 1-adamantyl(meth)acrylate, tricyclodecanyl (meth)acrylate, cyclohexayl (methacrylate), combinations of these, or the like.
- Additionally, the
photoresist 517 also comprises one or more PACs. The PACs may be photoactive components such as photoacid generators, photobase generators, free-radical generators, or the like, and the PACs may be positive-acting or negative-acting. In an embodiment in which the PACs are a photoacid generator, the PACs may comprise halogenated triazines, onium salts, diazonium salts, aromatic diazonium salts, phosphonium salts, sulfonium salts, iodonium salts, imide sulfonate, oxime sulfonate, diazodisulfone, disulfone, o-nitrobenzylsulfonate, sulfonated esters, halogenerated sulfonyloxy dicarboximides, diazodisulfones, α-cyanooxyamine-sulfonates, imidesulfonates, ketodiazosulfones, sulfonyldiazoesters, 1,2-di(arylsulfonyl)hydrazines, nitrobenzyl esters, and the s-triazine derivatives, suitable combinations of these, and the like. - Specific examples of photoacid generators that may be used include α.-(trifluoromethylsulfonyloxy)-bicyclo[2.2.1]hept-5-ene-2,3-dicarbo-ximide (MDT), N-hydroxy-naphthalimide (DDSN), benzoin tosylate, t-butylphenyl-α-(p-toluenesulfonyloxy)-acetate and t-butyl-α-(p-toluenesulfonyloxy)-acetate, triarylsulfonium and diaryliodonium hexafluoroantimonates, hexafluoroarsenates, trifluoromethanesulfonates, iodonium perfluorooctanesulfonate, N-camphorsulfonyloxynaphthalimide, N-pentafluorophenylsulfonyloxynaphthalimide, ionic iodonium sulfonates such as diaryl iodonium (alkyl or aryl) sulfonate and bis-(di-t-butylphenyl)iodonium camphanylsulfonate, perfluoroalkanesulfonates such as perfluoropentanesulfonate, perfluorooctanesulfonate, perfluoromethanesulfonate, aryl (e.g., phenyl or benzyl) triflates such as triphenylsulfonium triflate or bis-(t-butylphenyl)iodonium triflate; pyrogallol derivatives (e.g., trimesylate of pyrogallol), trifluoromethanesulfonate esters of hydroxyimides, α,α′-bis-sulfonyl-diazomethanes, sulfonate esters of nitro-substituted benzyl alcohols, naphthoquinone-4-diazides, alkyl disulfones, and the like.
- In an embodiment in which the PACs are a free-radical generator, the PACs may comprise n-phenylglycine, aromatic ketones such as benzophenone, N,N′-tetramethyl-4,4′-diaminobenzophenone, N,N′-tetraethyl-4,4′-diaminobenzophenone, 4-methoxy-4′-dimethylaminobenzo-phenone, 3,3′-dimethyl-4-methoxybenzophenone, p,p′-bis(dimethylamino)benzo-phenone, p,p′-bis(diethylamino)-benzophenone, anthraquinone, 2-ethylanthraquinone, naphthaquinone and phenanthraquinone, benzoins such as benzoin, benzoinmethylether, benzoinethylether, benzoinisopropylether, benzoin-n-butylether, benzoin-phenylether, methylbenzoin and ethybenzoin, benzyl derivatives such as dibenzyl, benzyldiphenyldisulfide and benzyldimethylketal, acridine derivatives such as 9-phenylacridine and 1,7-bis(9-acridinyl)heptane, thioxanthones such as 2-chlorothioxanthone, 2-methylthioxanthone, 2,4-diethylthioxanthone, 2,4-dimethylthioxanthone and 2-isopropylthioxanthone, acetophenones such as 1,1-dichloroacetophenone, p-t-butyldichloro-acetophenone, 2,2-diethoxyacetophenone, 2,2-dimethoxy-2-phenylacetophenone, and 2,2-dichloro-4-phenoxyacetophenone, 2,4,5-triarylimidazole dimers such as 2-(o-chlorophenyl)-4,5-diphenylimidazole dimer, 2-(o-chlorophenyl)-4,5-di-(m-methoxyphenyl imidazole dimer, 2-(o-fluorophenyl)-4,5-diphenylimidazole dimer, 2-(o-methoxyphenyl)-4,5-diphenylimidazole dimer, 2-(p-methoxyphenyl)-4,5-diphenylimidazole dimer, 2,4-di(p-methoxyphenyl)-5-phenylimidazole dimer, 2-(2,4-dimethoxyphenyl)-4,5-diphenylimidazole dimer and 2-(p-methylmercaptophenyl)-4,5-diphenylimidazole dimmer, suitable combinations of these, or the like.
- In an embodiment in which the PACs are a photobase generator, the PACs may comprise quaternary ammonium dithiocarbamates, α aminoketones, oxime-urethane containing molecules such as dibenzophenoneoxime hexamethylene diurethan, ammonium tetraorganylborate salts, and N-(2-nitrobenzyloxycarbonyl) cyclic amines, suitable combinations of these, or the like. However, as one of ordinary skill in the art will recognize, the chemical compounds listed herein are merely intended as illustrated examples of the PACs and are not intended to limit the embodiments to only those PACs specifically described. Rather, any suitable PAC may be utilized, and all such PACs are fully intended to be included within the scope of the present embodiments.
- The individual components of the
photoresist 517 may be placed into the photoresist solvent in order to aid in the mixing and placement of thephotoresist 517. To aid in the mixing and placement of thephotoresist 517, the photoresist solvent is chosen at least in part based upon the materials chosen for the photoresist polymer resin as well as the PACs. In particular, the photoresist solvent is chosen such that the photoresist polymer resin and the PACs can be evenly dissolved into the photoresist solvent and dispensed. - In an embodiment the photoresist solvent may be an organic solvent, and may comprise any suitable solvent such as ketones, alcohols, polyalcohols, ethers, glycol ethers, cyclic ethers, aromatic hydrocarbons, esters, propionates, lactates, lactic esters, alkylene glycol monoalkyl ethers, alkyl lactates, alkyl alkoxypropionates, cyclic lactones, monoketone compounds that contain a ring, alkylene carbonates, alkyl alkoxyacetate, alkyl pyruvates, lactate esters, ethylene glycol alkyl ether acetates, diethylene glycols, propylene glycol alkyl ether acetates, alkylene glycol alkyl ether esters, alkylene glycol monoalkyl esters, or the like.
- Specific examples of materials that may be used as the photoresist solvent for the photoresist 517 include, acetone, methanol, ethanol, toluene, xylene, 4-hydroxy-4-methyl-2-pentatone, tetrahydrofuran, methyl ethyl ketone, cyclohexanone, methyl isoamyl ketone, 2-heptanone, ethylene glycol, ethylene glycol monoacetate, ethylene glycol dimethyl ether, ethylene glycol dimethyl ether, ethylene glycol methylethyl ether, ethylene glycol monoetheryl ether, methyl celluslve acetate, ethyl cellosolve acetate, diethylene glycol, diethylene glycol monoacetate, diethylene glycol monomethyl ether, diethylene glycol diethyl ether, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, diethylene glycol ethylmethyl ether, dietherylene glycol monoethyl ether, diethylene glycol monbutyl ether, ethyl 2-hydroxypropionate, methyl 2-hydroxy-2-methylpropionate, ethyl 2-hydroxy-2-methylpropionate, ethyl ethoxyacetate, ethyl hydroxyacetate, methyl 2-hydroxy-2-methylbutanate, methyl 3-methoxypropionate, ethyl 3-methoxypropionate, methyl 3-ethoxypropionate, ethyl 3-ethoxypropionate, ethyl acetate, butyl acetate, methyl lactate and ethyl lactate, propylene glycol, propylene glycol monoacetate, propylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monopropyl methyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monobutyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monobutyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monomethyl ether propionate, propylene glycol monoethyl ether propionate, proplyelen glycol methyl ether adcetate, proplylene glycol ethyl ether acetate, ethylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, propylene glycol monoethyl ether, propylene glycol monopropyl ether, propylene glycol monobutyl ether, ethylene glycol monomethyl ether, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether, methyl lactate, ethyl lactate, propyl lactate, and butyl lactate, ethyl 3-ethoxypropionate, methyl 3-methoxypropionate, methyl 3-ethoxypropionate, and ethyl 3-methoxypropionate, β-propiolactone, β-butyrolactone, γ-butyrolactone, α-methyl-γ-butyrolactone, β-methyl-γ-butyrolactone, γ-valerolactone, γ-caprolactone, γ-octanoic lactone, α-hydroxy-γ-butyrolactone, 2-butanone, 3-methylbutanone, pinacolone, 2-pentanone, 3-pentanone, 4-methyl-2-pentanone, 2-methyl-3-pentanone, 4,4-dimethyl-2-pentanone, 2,4-dimethyl-3-pentanone, 2,2,4,4-tetramethyl-3-pentanone, 2-hexanone, 3-hexanone, 5-methyl-3-hexanone, 2-heptanone, 3-heptanone, 4-heptanone, 2-methyl-3-heptanone, 5-methyl-3-heptanone, 2,6-dimethyl-4-heptanone, 2-octanone, 3-octanone, 2-nonanone, 3-nonanone, 5-nonanone, 2-decanone, 3-decanone, 4-decanone, 5-hexene-2-one, 3-pentene-2-one, cyclopentanone, 2-methylcyclopentanone, 3-methylcyclopentanone, 2,2-dimethylcyclopentanone, 2,4,4-trimethylcyclopentanone, cyclohexanone, 3-methylcyclohexanone, 4-methylcyclohexanone, 4-ethylcyclohexanone, 2,2-dimethylcyclohexanone, 2,6-dimethylcyclohexanone, 2,2,6-trimethylcyclohexanone, cycloheptanone, 2-methylcycloheptanone, 3-methylcycloheptanone, pylene carbonate, vinylene carbonate, ethylene carbonate, and butylene carbonate, acetate-2-methoxyethyl, acetate-2-ethoxyethyl, acetate-2-(2-ethoxyethoxy)ethyl, acetate-3-methoxy-3-methylbutyl, acetate-1-methoxy-2-propyl, dipropylene glycol, monomethylether, monoethylether, monopropylether, monobutylehter, monopheylether, dipropylene glycol monoacetate, dioxane, methyl lactate, etheyl lactate, methyl acetate, ethyl acetate, butyl acetate, methyl puruvate, ethyl puruvate, propyl pyruvate, methyl methoxypropionate, ethyl ethoxypropionate, n-methylpyrrolidone (NMP), 2-methoxyethyl ether (diglyme), ethylene glycol monom-ethyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether; ethyl lactate or methyl lactate, methyl proponiate, ethyl proponiate and ethyl ethoxy proponiate, methylethyl ketone, cyclohexanone, 2-heptanone, carbon dioxide, cyclopentatone, cyclohexanone, ethyl 3-ethocypropionate, ethyl lactate, propylene glycol methyl ether acetate (PGMEA), methylene cellosolve, butyle acetate, and 2-ethoxyethanol, N-methylformamide, N,N-dimethylformamide, N-methylformanilide, N-methylacetamide, N,N-dimethylacetamide, N-methylpyrrolidone, dimethylsulfoxide, benzyl ethyl ether, dihexyl ether, acetonylacetone, isophorone, caproic acid, caprylic acid, 1-octanol, 1-nonanol, benzyl alcohol, benzyl acetate, ethyl benzoate, diethyl oxalate, diethyl maleate, γ-butyrolactone, ethylene carbonate, propylene carbonate, phenyl cellosolve acetate, or the like.
- However, as one of ordinary skill in the art will recognize, the materials listed and described above as examples of materials that may be utilized for the photoresist solvent component of the
photoresist 517 are merely illustrative and are not intended to limit the embodiments. Rather, any suitable material that may dissolve the photoresist polymer resin and the PACs may be utilized to help mix and apply thephotoresist 517. All such materials are fully intended to be included within the scope of the embodiments. - Additionally, while individual ones of the above described materials may be used as the photoresist solvent for the
photoresist 517, in embodiments more than one of the above described materials may be utilized. For example, the photoresist solvent may comprise a combination mixture of two or more of the materials described. All such combinations are fully intended to be included within the scope of the embodiments. - Optionally, a photoresist cross-linking agent may also be added to the
photoresist 517. The photoresist cross-linking agent reacts with the photoresist polymer resin within thephotoresist 517 after exposure, assisting in increasing the cross-linking density of the photoresist, which helps to improve the resist pattern and resistance to dry etching. In an embodiment the photoresist cross-linking agent may be an melamine based agent, a urea based agent, ethylene urea based agent, propylene urea based agent, glycoluril based agent, an aliphatic cyclic hydrocarbon having a hydroxyl group, a hydroxyalkyl group, or a combination of these, oxygen containing derivatives of the aliphatic cyclic hydrocarbon, glycoluril compounds, etherified amino resins, combinations of these, or the like. - Specific examples of materials that may be utilized as a photoresist cross-linking agent include melamine, acetoguanamine, benzoguanamine, urea, ethylene urea, or glycoluril with formaldehyde, glycoluril with a combination of formaldehyde and a lower alcohol, hexamethoxymethylmelamine, bismethoxymethylurea, bismethoxymethylbismethoxyethylene urea, tetramethoxymethylglycoluril, and tetrabutoxymethylglycoluril, mono-, di-, tri-, or tetra-hydroxymethylated glycoluril, mono-, di-, tri-, and/or tetra-methoxymethylated glycoluril, mono-, di-, tri-, and/or tetra-ethoxymethylated glycoluril, mono-, di-, tri-, and/or tetra-propoxymethylated glycoluril, and mono-, di-, tri-, and/or tetra-butoxymethylated glycoluril, 2,3-dihydroxy-5-hydroxymethylnorbornane, 2-hydroy-5,6-bis(hydroxymethyl)norbornane, cyclohexanedimethanol, 3,4,8(or 9)-trihydroxytricyclodecane, 2-methyl-2-adamantanol, 1,4-dioxane-2,3-diol and 1,3,5-trihydroxycyclohexane, tetramethoxymethyl glycoluril, methylpropyltetramethoxymethyl glycoluril, and methylphenyltetramethoxymethylglycoluril, 2,6-bis(hydroxymethyl)p-cresol, N-methoxymethyl- or N-butoxymethyl-melamine. Additionally, compounds obtained by reacting formaldehyde, or formaldehyde and lower alcohols with amino group-containing compounds, such as melamine, acetoguanamine, benzoguanamine, urea, ethylene urea and glycoluril, and substituting the hydrogen atoms of the amino group with hydroxymethyl group or lower alkoxymethyl group, examples being hexamethoxymethylmelamine, bismethoxymethyl urea, bismethoxymethylbismethoxyethylene urea, tetramethoxymethyl glycoluril and tetrabutoxymethyl glycoluril, copolymers of 3-chloro-2-hydroxypropyl methacrylate and methacrylic acid, copolymers of 3-chloro-2-hydroxypropyl methacrylate and cyclohexyl methacrylate and methacrylic acid, copolymers of 3-chloro-2-hydroxypropyl methacrylate and benzyl methacrylate and methacrylic acid, bisphenol A-di(3-chloro-2-hydroxypropyl)ether, poly(3-chloro-2-hydroxypro-pyl)ether of a phenol novolak resin, pentaerythritol tetra(3-chloro-2-hydroxypropyl)ether, trimethylolmethane tri(3-chloro-2-hydroxypropyl)ether phenol, bisphenol A-di(3-acetoxy-2-hydroxypropyl)ether, poly(3-acetoxy-2-hydroxypropyl)ethe-r of a phenol novolak resin, pentaerythritol tetra(3-acetoxy-2-hydroxyprop-yl)ether, pentaerythritol poly(3-chloroacetoxy-2-hydroxypropyl)ether, trimethylolmethane tri(3-acetoxy-2-hydroxypropyl)ether, combinations of these, or the like.
- In addition to the photoresist polymer resins, the PACs, the radical inhibitors, the photoresist solvents, and the photoresist cross-linking agents, the
photoresist 517 may also include a number of other additives that will assist thephotoresist 517 obtain the highest resolution. For example, thephotoresist 517 may also include surfactants, quenchers, stabilizers, plasticizers, coloring agents, adhesion additives, surface leveling agents, combinations of these, or the like. Any suitable additives may be utilized. - In an embodiment the photoresist polymer resin, the PACs, the radical inhibitors, along with any desired additives or other agents, are added to the photoresist solvent for application. Once added, the mixture is then mixed in order to achieve an even composition throughout the
photoresist 517 in order to ensure that there are no defects caused by an uneven mixing or non-constant composition of thephotoresist 517. Once mixed together, thephotoresist 517 may either be stored prior to its usage or else used immediately. - Once ready, the
photoresist 517 may be utilized by initially applying thephotoresist 517 onto thesecond seed layer 515. Thephotoresist 517 may be applied to thesecond seed layer 515 so that thephotoresist 517 coats an upper exposed surface of thesecond seed layer 515, and may be applied using a process such as a spin-on coating process, a dip coating method, an air-knife coating method, a curtain coating method, a wire-bar coating method, a gravure coating method, a lamination method, an extrusion coating method, combinations of these, or the like. In an embodiment thephotoresist 517 may be applied such that it has a thickness over the surface of thesecond seed layer 515 of between about 10 nm and about 300 nm, such as about 150 nm. - Once the
photoresist 517 has been applied to the semiconductor substrate, a pre-bake of thephotoresist 517 is performed in order to cure and dry thephotoresist 517 prior to exposure to finish the application of thephotoresist 517. The curing and drying of thephotoresist 517 removes the photoresist solvent component while leaving behind the photoresist polymer resin, the PACs, the radical inhibitors, the photoresist cross-linking agents, and the other chosen additives. In an embodiment the pre-bake may be performed at a temperature suitable to evaporate the photoresist solvent, such as between about 40° C. and 150° C., although the precise temperature depends upon the materials chosen for thephotoresist 517. The pre-bake is performed for a time sufficient to cure and dry thephotoresist 517, such as between about 10 seconds to about 5 minutes, such as about 90 seconds. -
FIG. 6A illustrates an exposure of thephotoresist 517 to form an exposedregion 601 and anunexposed region 603 within thephotoresist 517. In an embodiment the exposure may be initiated by placing the semiconductor device 100 and thephotoresist 517, once cured and dried, into animaging device 600 for exposure. Theimaging device 600 may comprise asupport plate 605, an energy source 607, apatterned mask 609 between thesupport plate 605 and the energy source 607, andoptics 617. In an embodiment thesupport plate 605 is a surface to which the semiconductor device 100 and thephotoresist 517 may be placed or attached to and which provides support and control to thecarrier substrate 101 during exposure of thephotoresist 517. Additionally, thesupport plate 605 may be movable along one or more axes, as well as providing any desired heating or cooling to thecarrier substrate 101 andphotoresist 517 in order to prevent temperature gradients from affecting the exposure process. - In an embodiment the energy source 607 supplies
energy 611 such as light to thephotoresist 517 in order to induce a reaction of the PACs, which in turn reacts with the polymer resin to chemically alter those portions of thephotoresist 517 to which theenergy 611 impinges. In an embodiment theenergy 611 may be electromagnetic radiation, such as g-rays (with a wavelength of about 436 nm), i-rays (with a wavelength of about 365 nm), ultraviolet radiation, far ultraviolet radiation, extreme ultraviolet radiation, x-rays, electron beams, or the like. The energy source 607 may be a source of the electromagnetic radiation, and may be a KrF excimer laser light (with a wavelength of 248 nm), an ArF excimer laser light (with a wavelength of 193 nm), a F2 excimer laser light (with a wavelength of 157 nm), or the like, although any other suitable source ofenergy 611, such as mercury vapor lamps, xenon lamps, carbon arc lamps or the like, may also be utilized. - The patterned
mask 609 is located between the energy source 607 and thephotoresist 517 in order to block portions of theenergy 611 to form apatterned energy 615 prior to theenergy 611 actually impinging upon thephotoresist 517. In an embodiment the patternedmask 609 may comprise a series of layers (e.g., substrate, absorbance layers, anti-reflective coating layers, shielding layers, etc.) to reflect, absorb, or otherwise block portions of theenergy 611 from reaching those portions of thephotoresist 517 which are not desired to be illuminated. The desired pattern may be formed in the patternedmask 609 by forming openings through the patternedmask 609 in the desired shape of illumination. - Optics (represented in
FIG. 6A by the trapezoid labeled 617) may be used to concentrate, expand, reflect, or otherwise control theenergy 611 as it leaves the energy source 607, is patterned by the patternedmask 609, and is directed towards thephotoresist 517. In an embodiment theoptics 617 comprise one or more lenses, mirrors, filters, combinations of these, or the like to control theenergy 611 along its path. Additionally, while theoptics 617 are illustrated inFIG. 6A as being between thepatterned mask 609 and thephotoresist 517, elements of the optics 617 (e.g., individual lenses, mirrors, etc.) may also be located at any location between the energy source 607 (where theenergy 611 is generated) and thephotoresist 517. - In an embodiment the semiconductor device 100 with the
photoresist 517 is placed on thesupport plate 605. Once the pattern has been aligned to the semiconductor device 100, the energy source 607 generates the desired energy 611 (e.g., light) which passes through the patternedmask 609 and theoptics 617 on its way to thephotoresist 517. Thepatterned energy 615 impinging upon portions of thephotoresist 517 induces a reaction of the PACs within thephotoresist 517. The chemical reaction products of the PACs' absorption of the patterned energy 615 (e.g., acids/bases/free radicals) then reacts with the polymer resin, chemically altering thephotoresist 517 in those portions that were illuminated through the patternedmask 609. -
FIG. 6B illustrates a close up view of the box labeled 621 inFIG. 6A during the exposure process. As can be seen, during the exposure process, the desired energy 611 (e.g., light) does not come straight down but is, rather, made up of a plurality of individual beams which first converge and then diverge around a center point CP. When the individual beams converge close enough to each other, and before the individual beams diverge far enough from each other, the individual beams will be focused with respect to each other and with respect to thephotoresist 517. In an embodiment theenergy 611 is focused so that all of the various divergent beams of theenergy 611 are converged and are concentrated into an in-focus area 613 with a desired width. In a particular embodiment the in-focus area 613 will have a first width W1 of between about 5 μm and about 500 μm, such as about 40 μm. However, any suitable width may be utilized. - Additionally, in embodiment in which the in-
focus area 613 has the first width W1, the in-focus area 613 will also have a first height H1 that is centered around the center point Cp of the in-focus area 613. The first height H1 may be between about 1 μm and about 100 μm, such as about 40 μm. However, any suitable dimensions may be utilized. - However, in order to help the subsequently formed third
external connection 901 avoid cracking and reduce the stress, the exposure process of thephotoresist 517 is tuned in order to help shape the final structure of the thirdexternal connection 901. For example, in one embodiment the placement of the center point CP of the in-focus area 613 is not placed to be within thephotoresist 517 itself. Rather, the center point CP of the in-focus area 613 is placed a first distance D1 below the uppermost surface of thesecond seed layer 515. For example, in one embodiment the center point CP of the in-focus area 613 may be placed such that the first distance D1 is between about 60 μm and about 70 μm, such as about 65 μm, below the uppermost surface of thesecond seed layer 515. -
FIG. 6C illustrates another embodiment in which the in-focus area 613 is shifted away from being located in the center of thephotoresist 517. In this embodiment, however, instead of being the center point CP being shifted downward such that the center point CP is located below the bottom surface of thephotoresist 517, the center point CP is shifted in an opposite direction such that the center point CP is located over thephotoresist 517. In this embodiment the center point CP may be shifted a second distance D2 of between about 0 μm and about 60 μm, such as about 10 μm. However, any suitable dimension may be utilized. -
FIG. 6D illustrates one resulting structure of thephotoresist 517 after the exposure of thephotoresist 517 with the center point CP of the in-focus area 613 being shifted to be below thephotoresist 517. As can be seen, with the center point CP shifted, the bottom portion of theunexposed region 603 is not straight but is, rather, angled with the remaining portions of the sidewalls of theunexposed region 603. Additionally, theunexposed region 603 is angled with respect to thesecond seed layer 515. This angled shape helps with the formation of the third external connection 901 (not illustrated inFIG. 6D but illustrated and described further below with respect toFIG. 9 ). - After the
photoresist 517 has been exposed, a post-exposure baking may be used in order to assist in the generating, dispersing, and reacting of the acid/base/free radical generated from the impingement of the patternedenergy 615 upon the PACs during the exposure. Such assistance helps to create or enhance chemical reactions which generate chemical differences between the exposedregion 601 and theunexposed region 603 within thephotoresist 517. These chemical differences also caused differences in the solubility between the exposedregion 601 and theunexposed region 603. In an embodiment this post-exposure baking may occur at temperatures of between about 40° C. and about 200° C. for a period of between about 10 seconds and about 10 minutes. However, any suitable temperatures and times may be utilized. -
FIGS. 7A-7B illustrate a development of thephotoresist 517 with the use of adeveloper 701 after the exposure of the photoresist 517 (withFIG. 7B illustrating a close up view of the dashed box labeled 621 inFIG. 7A ). After thephotoresist 517 has been exposed and the post-exposure baking has occurred, thephotoresist 517 may be developed using either a negative tone developer or a positive tone developer, depending upon the desired pattern for thephotoresist 517. In an embodiment in which theunexposed region 603 of thephotoresist 517 is desired to be removed to form a negative tone, a negative tone developer such as an organic solvent or critical fluid may be utilized to remove those portions of thephotoresist 517 which were not exposed to the patternedenergy 615 and, as such, retain their original solubility. Specific examples of materials that may be utilized include hydrocarbon solvents, alcohol solvents, ether solvents, ester solvents, critical fluids, combinations of these, or the like. Specific examples of materials that can be used for the negative tone solvent include hexane, heptane, 2-heptanone, n-butyl acetate, octane, toluene, xylene, dichloromethane, chloroform, carbon tetrachloride, trichloroethylene, methanol, ethanol, propanol, butanol, critical carbon dioxide, diethyl ether, dipropyl ether, dibutyl ether, ethyl vinyl ether, dioxane, propylene oxide, tetrahydrofuran, cellosolve, methyl cellosolve, butyl cellosolve, methyl carbitol, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether, acetone, methyl ethyl ketone, methyl isobutyl ketone, isophorone, cyclohexanone, methyl acetate, ethyl acetate, propyl acetate, butyl acetate, pyridine, formamide, N,N-dimethyl formamide, or the like. - If a positive tone development is desired, a positive tone developer such as a basic aqueous solution may be utilized to remove those portions of the
photoresist 517 which were exposed to the patternedenergy 615 and which have had their solubility modified and changed through the chemical reactions. Such basic aqueous solutions may include tetra methyl ammonium hydroxide (TMAH), tetra butyl ammonium hydroxide, sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, sodium carbonate, sodium bicarbonate, sodium silicate, sodium metasilicate, aqueous ammonia, monomethylamine, dimethylamine, trimethylamine, monoethylamine, diethylamine, triethylamine, monoisopropylamine, diisopropylamine, triisopropylamine, monobutylamine, dibutylamine, monoethanolamine, diethanolamine, triethanolamine, dimethylaminoethanol, diethylaminoethanol, ammonia, caustic soda, caustic potash, sodium metasilicate, potassium metasilicate, sodium carbonate, tetraethylammonium hydroxide, combinations of these, or the like. - However, as one of ordinary skill in the art will recognize, the above description of positive tone developers and negative tone developers are only intended to be illustrative and are not intended to limit the embodiments to only the developers listed above. Rather, any suitable type of developer, including acid developers or even water developers, that may be utilized to selectively remove a portion of the
photoresist 517 that has a different property (e.g., solubility) than another portion of thephotoresist 517, may be utilized, and all such developers are fully intended to be included within the scope of the embodiments. -
FIG. 7A illustrates an application of thedeveloper 701 to thephotoresist 517 using, e.g., a spin-on process. In this process thedeveloper 701 is applied to thephotoresist 517 from above thephotoresist 517 while the semiconductor device 100 (and the photoresist 517) is rotated. In an embodiment thedeveloper 701 may be supplied at a flow rate of between about 10 ml/min and about 2000 ml/min, such as about 1000 ml/min, while the semiconductor device 100 is being rotated at a speed of between about 100 rpm and about 3500 rpm, such as about 1500 rpm. In an embodiment thedeveloper 701 may be at a temperature of between about 10° C. and about 80° C., such as about 50° C., and the development may continue for between about 1 minute to about 60 minutes, such as about 30 minutes. - However, while the spin-on method described herein is one suitable method for developing the
photoresist 517 after exposure, it is intended to be illustrative and is not intended to limit the embodiments. Rather, any suitable method for development, including dip processes, puddle processes, spray-on processes, combinations of these, or the like, may be used. All such development processes are fully intended to be included within the scope of the embodiments. -
FIG. 7B illustrates a cross-section of the development process in which a negative tone developer is utilized. As illustrated, thedeveloper 701 is applied to thephotoresist 517 and dissolves theunexposed region 603 of thephotoresist 517. This dissolving and removing of theunexposed region 603 of thephotoresist 517 leaves behind an opening within thephotoresist 517 that patterns thephotoresist 517 in the shape of the patternedenergy 615, thereby transferring the pattern of the patternedmask 609 to thephotoresist 517. -
FIG. 7B also illustrates that, after the development process has been completed and thedeveloper 701 has been removed from thephotoresist 517, the opening within thephotoresist 517 will have a bottom portion that is angled to intercept thesecond seed layer 515. In an embodiment the bottom portion may be at a first angle α1 of between about 5° and about 85°, such as about 45°. However, any suitable angle may be utilized. - Additionally, the bottom portion may be formed to have a second width W2 of between about 0.1 μm and about 10 μm, such as about 5 μm. The bottom portion may also have a second height H2 of between about 0.1 μm and about 10 μm, such as about 5 μm. However, any suitable dimensions may be utilized.
-
FIG. 8 illustrates a close up view of the dashed box labeled 621 inFIG. 7A during a post developed annealing process (represented inFIG. 8 by the wavy lines labeled 801) that is utilized to help reshape the opening through thephotoresist 517. In an embodiment theannealing process 801 may be a thermal anneal wherein thephotoresist 517 is heated within, e.g., a furnace, within an inert atmosphere. Theannealing process 801 may be performed at a temperature that is above the glass transition temperature (Tg), such as between about 100° C. and about 130° C., such as about 120° C., and may be continued for a time of between about 120 s and about 7 min, such as about 5 min. However, any suitable process conditions may be utilized. - During the
annealing process 801, the temperature will be raised above the glass transition temperature of thephotoresist 517, and thephotoresist 517 will slightly melt and partially reshape itself, thereby also reshaping the openings through thephotoresist 517. As such, while the angled bottom portion will still be present after theannealing process 801, theannealing process 801 will at least partially reshape the bottom portion such that after theannealing process 801 the bottom portion may be at a second angle α2 or flare angle that is different from the first angle α1, such as being between about 10° and about 85°, such as about 45°. Further, after theannealing process 801 the bottom portion may be formed to have a third width W3 of between about 0.5 μm and about 11 μm, such as about 5 μm, and a third height H3 of between about 0.5 μm and about 11 μm, such as about 5 μm. However, any suitable dimensions may be utilized. -
FIG. 9 illustrates a close-up view of the dashed box labeled 621 inFIG. 7A in which, once thephotoresist 517 has been patterned and theannealing process 801 has been performed, the thirdexternal connection 901 may be formed within the openings of thephotoresist 517. In an embodiment the thirdexternal connection 901 may be, for example, a copper pillar and may comprise one or more conductive materials, such as copper, tungsten, other conductive metals, or the like, and may be formed, for example, by electroplating, electroless plating, or the like. In an embodiment, an electroplating process is used wherein thesecond seed layer 515 and thephotoresist 517 are submerged or immersed in an electroplating solution such as a copper sulfate (CuSO4) containing solution. Thesecond seed layer 515 surface is electrically connected to the negative side of an external DC power supply such that thesecond seed layer 515 functions as the cathode in the electroplating process. A solid conductive anode, such as a copper anode, is also immersed in the solution and is attached to the positive side of the power supply. The atoms from the anode are dissolved into the solution, from which the cathode, e.g., thesecond seed layer 515, acquires the dissolved atoms, thereby plating the exposed conductive areas of thesecond seed layer 515 within the opening of thephotoresist 517. - However, by using the exposure process and reshaping processes described herein, at least some of the negative side effects of the plating process may be reduced or eliminated. In particular, by reshaping the opening through the
photoresist 517, the profile can help to avoid the plating solution (e.g., the CuSO4 plating solution) from penetrating into the photoresist and causing a risk of underplating during the plating process. - Once the third
external connection 901 has been formed using thephotoresist 517 and thesecond seed layer 515, thephotoresist 517 may be removed using a suitable removal process. In an embodiment, a plasma ashing process may be used to remove thephotoresist 517, whereby the temperature of thephotoresist 517 may be increased until thephotoresist 517 experiences a thermal decomposition and may be removed. However, any other suitable process, such as a wet strip, may be utilized. The removal of thephotoresist 517 may expose the underlying portions of thesecond seed layer 515. - By plating the third
external connection 901 into an opening formed through thephotoresist 517, the thirdexternal connection 901 will take on the shape of the opening through thephotoresist 517. As such, the thirdexternal connection 901 will also have a middle portion outside of thesixth passivation layer 513 and thesecond seed layer 515, wherein the middle portion is angled inwards at an angle to the underlying seed layer. In an embodiment the middle portion has the second angle α2, the third width W3, and the third height H3. However, any suitable dimensions may be utilized. -
FIG. 10 illustrates that, once thesecond seed layer 515 has been exposed, a removal of the exposed portions of thesecond seed layer 515 may be performed. In an embodiment the exposed portions of the second seed layer 515 (e.g., those portions that are not covered by the third external connection 901) may be removed by, for example, a wet or dry etching process. For example, in a dry etching process reactants may be directed towards thesecond seed layer 515 using the thirdexternal connection 901 as masks, thereby forming thesecond seed layer 515 to have a straight sidewall perpendicular with a surface of thesixth passivation layer 513. In another embodiment, etchants may be sprayed or otherwise put into contact with thesecond seed layer 515 in order to remove the exposed portions of thesecond seed layer 515. - By forming the third
external connection 901 as described above, the profile of the thirdexternal connection 901 can be modified to under-cut the thirdexternal connection 901 and help to reduce or eliminate cracks that can form between the thirdexternal connection 901 and the underlying passivation layer. In particular, the under-cut of the thirdexternal connection 901 helps to reduce compressional stress during reliability torture tests. With the possibility of cracks reduced, a smaller pitch size can be obtained while still passing torture tests. -
FIG. 11 illustrates a formation of fourthexternal connections 1101 on the thirdexternal connections 901. In an embodiment the fourthexternal connections 1101 may be contact bumps such as microbumps or controlled collapse chip connection (C4) bumps and may comprise a material such as tin, or other suitable materials, such as silver or copper. In an embodiment in which the fourthexternal connections 1101 are contact bumps, the fourthexternal connections 1101 may comprise a material such as tin, or other suitable materials, such as silver, lead-free tin, or copper. In an embodiment in which the fourthexternal connection 1101 is a tin solder bump, the fourthexternal connection 1101 may be formed by initially forming a layer of tin through such commonly used methods such as evaporation, electroplating, printing, solder transfer, ball placement, etc, to a thickness of, e.g., about 100 μm. Once a layer of tin has been formed on the structure, a reflow may be performed in order to shape the material into the desired bump shape which may have a critical dimension of between about 60 μm and about 100 μm, and may be formed in either a round shape or an elliptical shape. - Additionally, in an embodiment the fourth
external connections 1101 may be formed in the shape of a circle in a top down view. However, this is merely intended to be illustrative and is not intended to be limit the embodiments. Rather, any suitable shape, such as an elliptical shape, or a combination of shapes, may also be utilized. -
FIG. 12 illustrates a debonding of thecarrier substrate 101 from thefirst semiconductor device 201 and thesecond semiconductor device 301. In an embodiment the fourthexternal connection 1101 and, hence, the structure including thefirst semiconductor device 201 and thesecond semiconductor device 301, may be attached to aring structure 1201. Thering structure 1201 may be a metal ring intended to provide support and stability for the structure during and after the debonding process. In an embodiment the fourthexternal connection 1101, thefirst semiconductor device 201, and thesecond semiconductor device 301 are attached to the ring structure using, e.g., aultraviolet tape 1203, although any other suitable adhesive or attachment may be used. - Once the fourth
external connection 1101 and, hence, the structure including thefirst semiconductor device 201 and thesecond semiconductor device 301 are attached to thering structure 1201, thecarrier substrate 101 may be debonded from the structure including thefirst semiconductor device 201 and thesecond semiconductor device 301 using, e.g., a thermal process to alter the adhesive properties of theadhesive layer 103. In a particular embodiment an energy source such as an ultraviolet (UV) laser, a carbon dioxide (CO2) laser, or an infrared (IR) laser, is utilized to irradiate and heat theadhesive layer 103 until theadhesive layer 103 loses at least some of its adhesive properties. Once performed, thecarrier substrate 101 and theadhesive layer 103 may be physically separated and removed from the structure comprising the fourthexternal connection 1101, thefirst semiconductor device 201, and thesecond semiconductor device 301. -
FIG. 12 additionally illustrates a patterning of thepolymer layer 105 in order to expose the vias 111 (along with the associated first seed layer 107). In an embodiment thepolymer layer 105 may be patterned using, e.g., a laser drilling method. In such a method a protective layer, such as a light-to-heat conversion (LTHC) layer or a hogomax layer (not separately illustrated inFIG. 12 ) is first deposited over thepolymer layer 105. Once protected, a laser is directed towards those portions of thepolymer layer 105 which are desired to be removed in order to expose theunderlying vias 111. During the laser drilling process the drill energy may be in a range from 0.1 mJ to about 30 mJ, and a drill angle of about 0 degree (perpendicular to the polymer layer 105) to about 85 degrees to normal of thepolymer layer 105. In an embodiment the patterning may be performed to formfourth openings 1205 over thevias 111 to have a width of between about 100 μm and about 300 μm, such as about 200 μm. - In another embodiment, the
polymer layer 105 may be patterned by initially applying a photoresist (not individually illustrated inFIG. 12 ) to thepolymer layer 105 and then exposing the photoresist to a patterned energy source (e.g., a patterned light source) so as to induce a chemical reaction, thereby inducing a physical change in those portions of the photoresist exposed to the patterned light source. A developer is then applied to the exposed photoresist to take advantage of the physical changes and selectively remove either the exposed portion of the photoresist or the unexposed portion of the photoresist, depending upon the desired pattern, and the underlying exposed portion of thepolymer layer 105 are removed with, e.g., a dry etch process. However, any other suitable method for patterning thepolymer layer 105 may be utilized. -
FIG. 13 illustrates a placement of abackside ball pad 1301 within the openings of thepolymer layer 105 in order to protect the now exposedvias 111. In an embodiment thebackside ball pads 1301 may comprise a conductive material such as solder on paste or an oxygen solder protection (OSP), although any suitable material may be utilized. In an embodiment thebackside ball pads 1301 may be applied using a stencil, although any suitable method of application may be utilized, and then reflowed in order to form a bump shape. -
FIG. 13 also illustrates a placement and patterning of abackside protection layer 1303 over thebackside ball pads 1301, effectively sealing the joint between thebackside ball pads 1301 and thevias 111 from intrusion by moisture. In an embodiment thebackside protection layer 1303 may be a protective material such as a PBO, Solder Resistance (SR), Lamination Compound (LC) tape, Ajinomoto build-up film (ABF), non-conductive paste (NCP), non-conductive film (NCF), patterned underfill (PUF), warpage improvement adhesive (WIA), liquid molding compound V9, combinations of these, or the like. However, any suitable material may also be used. Thebackside protection layer 1303 may be applied using a process such as screen printing, lamination, spin coating, or the like, to a thickness of between about 1 μm to about 200 μm. -
FIG. 13 also illustrates that, once thebackside protection layer 1303 has been placed, thebackside protection layer 1303 may be patterned in order to expose thebackside ball pads 1301. In an embodiment thebackside protection layer 1303 may be patterned using, e.g., a laser drilling method, by which a laser is directed towards those portions of thebackside protection layer 1303 which are desired to be removed in order to expose thebackside ball pads 1301. During the laser drilling process the drill energy may be in a range from 0.1 mJ to about 30 mJ, and a drill angle of about 0 degree (perpendicular to the backside protection layer 1303) to about 85 degrees to normal of thebackside protection layer 1303. In an embodiment the exposure may form openings with a diameter of between about 30 μm and about 300 μm, such as about 150 μm. - In another embodiment, the
backside protection layer 1303 may be patterned by initially applying a photoresist (not individually illustrated inFIG. 13 ) to thebackside protection layer 1303 and then exposing the photoresist to a patterned energy source (e.g., a patterned light source) so as to induce a chemical reaction, thereby inducing a physical change in those portions of the photoresist exposed to the patterned light source. A developer is then applied to the exposed photoresist to take advantage of the physical changes and selectively remove either the exposed portion of the photoresist or the unexposed portion of the photoresist, depending upon the desired pattern, and the underlying exposed portion of thebackside protection layer 1303 are removed with, e.g., a dry etch process. However, any other suitable method for patterning thebackside protection layer 1303 may be utilized. -
FIG. 13 also illustrates a bonding of thebackside ball pads 1301 to afirst package 1300. In an embodiment thefirst package 1300 may comprise athird substrate 1305, athird semiconductor device 1307, a fourth semiconductor device 1309 (bonded to the third semiconductor device 1307),third contact pads 1311, asecond encapsulant 1313, and fifthexternal connections 1315. In an embodiment thethird substrate 1305 may be, e.g., a packaging substrate comprising internal interconnects (e.g., through substrate vias 1317) to connect thethird semiconductor device 1307 and thefourth semiconductor device 1309 to thebackside ball pads 1301. - In another embodiment, the
third substrate 1305 may be an interposer used as an intermediate substrate to connect thethird semiconductor device 1307 and thefourth semiconductor device 1309 to thebackside ball pads 1301. In this embodiment thethird substrate 1305 may be, e.g., a silicon substrate, doped or undoped, or an active layer of a silicon-on-insulator (SOI) substrate. However, thethird substrate 1305 may also be a glass substrate, a ceramic substrate, a polymer substrate, or any other substrate that may provide a suitable protection and/or interconnection functionality. These and any other suitable materials may be used for thethird substrate 1305. - The
third semiconductor device 1307 may be a semiconductor device designed for an intended purpose such as being a logic die, a central processing unit (CPU) die, a memory die (e.g., a DRAM die), combinations of these, or the like. In an embodiment thethird semiconductor device 1307 comprises integrated circuit devices, such as transistors, capacitors, inductors, resistors, metallization layers (not shown), and the like, therein, as desired for a particular functionality. In an embodiment thethird semiconductor device 1307 is designed and manufactured to work in conjunction with or concurrently with thefirst semiconductor device 201. - The
fourth semiconductor device 1309 may be similar to thethird semiconductor device 1307. For example, thefourth semiconductor device 1309 may be a semiconductor device designed for an intended purpose (e.g., a DRAM die) and comprising integrated circuit devices for a desired functionality. In an embodiment thefourth semiconductor device 1309 is designed to work in conjunction with or concurrently with thefirst semiconductor device 201 and/or thethird semiconductor device 1307. - The
fourth semiconductor device 1309 may be bonded to thethird semiconductor device 1307. In an embodiment thefourth semiconductor device 1309 is only physically bonded with thethird semiconductor device 1307, such as by using an adhesive. In this embodiment thefourth semiconductor device 1309 and thethird semiconductor device 1307 may be electrically connected to thethird substrate 1305 using, e.g.,wire bonds 1319, although any suitable electrical bonding may be utilized. - In another embodiment, the
fourth semiconductor device 1309 may be bonded to thethird semiconductor device 1307 both physically and electrically. In this embodiment thefourth semiconductor device 1309 may comprise external connections (not separately illustrated inFIG. 13 ) that connect with external connections (also not separately illustrated inFIG. 13 ) on thethird semiconductor device 1307 in order to interconnect thefourth semiconductor device 1309 with thethird semiconductor device 1307. - The
third contact pads 1311 may be formed on thethird substrate 1305 to form electrical connections between thethird semiconductor device 1307 and, e.g., the fifthexternal connections 1315. In an embodiment thethird contact pads 1311 may be formed over and in electrical contact with electrical routing (such as through substrate vias 1317) within thethird substrate 1305. Thethird contact pads 1311 may comprise aluminum, but other materials, such as copper, may be used. Thethird contact pads 1311 may be formed using a deposition process, such as sputtering, to form a layer of material (not shown) and portions of the layer of material may then be removed through a suitable process (such as photolithographic masking and etching) to form thethird contact pads 1311. However, any other suitable process may be utilized to form thethird contact pads 1311. Thethird contact pads 1311 may be formed to have a thickness of between about 0.5 μm and about 4 μm, such as about 1.45 μm. - The
second encapsulant 1313 may be used to encapsulate and protect thethird semiconductor device 1307, thefourth semiconductor device 1309, and thethird substrate 1305. In an embodiment thesecond encapsulant 1313 may be a molding compound and may be placed using a molding device (not illustrated inFIG. 13 ). For example, thethird substrate 1305, thethird semiconductor device 1307, and thefourth semiconductor device 1309 may be placed within a cavity of the molding device, and the cavity may be hermetically sealed. Thesecond encapsulant 1313 may be placed within the cavity either before the cavity is hermetically sealed or else may be injected into the cavity through an injection port. In an embodiment thesecond encapsulant 1313 may be a molding compound resin such as polyimide, PPS, PEEK, PES, a heat resistant crystal resin, combinations of these, or the like. - Once the
second encapsulant 1313 has been placed into the cavity such that thesecond encapsulant 1313 encapsulates the region around thethird substrate 1305, thethird semiconductor device 1307, and thefourth semiconductor device 1309, thesecond encapsulant 1313 may be cured in order to harden thesecond encapsulant 1313 for optimum protection. While the exact curing process is dependent at least in part on the particular material chosen for thesecond encapsulant 1313, in an embodiment in which molding compound is chosen as thesecond encapsulant 1313, the curing could occur through a process such as heating thesecond encapsulant 1313 to between about 100° C. and about 130° C., such as about 125° C. for about 60 sec to about 3000 sec, such as about 600 sec. Additionally, initiators and/or catalysts may be included within thesecond encapsulant 1313 to better control the curing process. - However, as one having ordinary skill in the art will recognize, the curing process described above is merely an exemplary process and is not meant to limit the current embodiments. Other curing processes, such as irradiation or even allowing the
second encapsulant 1313 to harden at ambient temperature, may be used. Any suitable curing process may be used, and all such processes are fully intended to be included within the scope of the embodiments discussed herein. - In an embodiment the fifth
external connections 1315 may be formed to provide an external connection between thethird substrate 1305 and, e.g., thebackside ball pads 1301. The fifthexternal connections 1315 may be contact bumps such as microbumps or controlled collapse chip connection (C4) bumps and may comprise a material such as tin, or other suitable materials, such as silver or copper. In an embodiment in which the fifthexternal connections 1315 are tin solder bumps, the fifthexternal connections 1315 may be formed by initially forming a layer of tin through any suitable method such as evaporation, electroplating, printing, solder transfer, ball placement, etc, to a thickness of, e.g., about 100 μm. Once a layer of tin has been formed on the structure, a reflow is performed in order to shape the material into the desired bump shape. - Once the fifth
external connections 1315 have been formed, the fifthexternal connections 1315 are aligned with and placed into physical contact with thebackside ball pads 1301, and a bonding is performed. For example, in an embodiment in which the fifthexternal connections 1315 are solder bumps, the bonding process may comprise a reflow process whereby the temperature of the fifthexternal connections 1315 is raised to a point where the fifthexternal connections 1315 will liquefy and flow, thereby bonding thefirst package 1300 to thebackside ball pads 1301 once the fifthexternal connections 1315 resolidifies. -
FIG. 13 additionally illustrates the bonding of asecond package 1321 to thebackside ball pads 1301. In an embodiment thesecond package 1321 may be similar to thefirst package 1300, and may be bonded to thebackside ball pads 1301 utilizing similar processes. However, thesecond package 1321 may also be different from thefirst package 1300. -
FIG. 14 illustrates a debonding of the fourthexternal connections 1101 from thering structure 1201 and a singulation of the structure to form a first integrated fan out package-on-package (InFO-POP)structure 1400. In an embodiment the fourthexternal connections 1101 may be debonded from thering structure 1201 by initially bonding thefirst package 1300 and thesecond package 1321 to a second ring structure using, e.g., a second ultraviolet tape. Once bonded, theultraviolet tape 1203 may be irradiated with ultraviolet radiation and, once theultraviolet tape 1203 has lost its adhesiveness, the fourthexternal connections 1101 may be physically separated from thering structure 1201. - Once debonded, a singulation of the structure to form the first InFO-
POP structure 1400 is performed. In an embodiment the singulation may be performed by using a saw blade (not shown) to slice through theencapsulant 401 and thepolymer layer 105 between the vias 111, thereby separating one section from another to form the first InFO-POP structure 1400 with thefirst semiconductor device 201. However, as one of ordinary skill in the art will recognize, utilizing a saw blade to singulate the first InFO-POP structure 1400 is merely one illustrative embodiment and is not intended to be limiting. Other methods for singulating the first InFO-POP structure 1400, such as utilizing one or more etches to separate the first InFO-POP structure 1400, may also be utilized. These methods and any other suitable methods may be utilized to singulate the first InFO-POP structure 1400. - In accordance with an embodiment, a method of manufacturing a semiconductor device includes: applying a photoresist over a seed layer; exposing the photoresist to a patterned energy source, the patterned energy source having an in-focus area with a center point, the center point located below a surface of the photoresist facing towards the seed layer; developing the photoresist to form an opening; and plating an external connector into the opening. In an embodiment the method further includes annealing the photoresist after the developing the photoresist, wherein the annealing the photoresist reshapes the opening. In an embodiment the annealing the photoresist raises a temperature of the photoresist to between about 110° C. and about 130° C. In an embodiment the center point is located below the surface of the photoresist a distance of between about 60 μm and about 70 μm. In an embodiment the method further includes removing a portion of the seed layer not covered by the external connector. In an embodiment the developing the photoresist comprises removing an unexposed portion of the photoresist. In an embodiment the seed layer is located over an encapsulant around a semiconductor device and a through encapsulant via.
- In accordance with another embodiment, a method of manufacturing a semiconductor device includes: exposing a photoresist to a patterned energy source, the photoresist being located over an encapsulant located between a semiconductor die and a through encapsulant via; developing the photoresist to form an opening with a first shape; performing a post-development baking process to reshape the opening into a second shape different from the first shape, wherein the second shape comprises a flare near a bottom of the opening; and plating a conductive material into the opening. In an embodiment the exposing the photoresist focuses the patterned energy source to form an in-focus area, the in-focus area having a center point below the photoresist. In an embodiment the center point is located below the photoresist a distance of between about 60 μm and about 70 μm. In an embodiment the post-development baking process raises a temperature of the photoresist to a temperature between about 100° C. and about 130° C. In an embodiment the flare extends in a first direction parallel with a major surface of the encapsulant a first distance, the first distance being between about 0.1 μm and about 10 μm. In an embodiment the flare extends in a second direction perpendicular with the major surface of the encapsulant a second distance, the second distance between about 0.5 μm and about 10 μm. In an embodiment the flare is located at a flare angle of between about 10° and about 85°.
- In accordance with yet another embodiment, a semiconductor device includes: a semiconductor die; an encapsulant encapsulating the semiconductor die; a through encapsulant via extending from a first side of the encapsulant to a second side of the encapsulant; a passivation layer over the encapsulant; and an external connector over the encapsulant, the external connector including: a first portion with a first width, the first portion extending through the passivation layer; a second portion with a second width larger than the first width, the second portion being located outside of the passivation layer; and a tapered portion extending from the second portion to the first portion. In an embodiment the tapered portion is located at a tapered angle to a line, the line being parallel with a major surface of the encapsulant, the tapered angle being between about 10° and about 85°. In an embodiment the semiconductor device further includes a solder ball in physical contact with the external connector, the solder ball having an oval shape. In an embodiment the semiconductor device further includes a solder ball in physical contact with the external connector, the solder ball having a round shape. In an embodiment the semiconductor device further includes a seed layer located between the external connector and the passivation layer, the seed layer having a straight sidewall perpendicular to a surface of the passivation layer. In an embodiment the semiconductor device further includes a redistribution layer located between the external connector and the encapsulant.
- The foregoing outlines features of several embodiments so that those skilled in the art may better understand the aspects of the present disclosure. Those skilled in the art should appreciate that they may readily use the present disclosure as a basis for designing or modifying other processes and structures for carrying out the same purposes and/or achieving the same advantages of the embodiments introduced herein. Those skilled in the art should also realize that such equivalent constructions do not depart from the spirit and scope of the present disclosure, and that they may make various changes, substitutions, and alterations herein without departing from the spirit and scope of the present disclosure.
Claims (20)
Priority Applications (1)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US17/114,019 US20210118697A1 (en) | 2018-06-29 | 2020-12-07 | Methods of Manufacturing Semiconductor Devices |
Applications Claiming Priority (3)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US201862691878P | 2018-06-29 | 2018-06-29 | |
US16/148,649 US10861710B2 (en) | 2018-06-29 | 2018-10-01 | Methods of manufacturing semiconductor devices |
US17/114,019 US20210118697A1 (en) | 2018-06-29 | 2020-12-07 | Methods of Manufacturing Semiconductor Devices |
Related Parent Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US16/148,649 Division US10861710B2 (en) | 2018-06-29 | 2018-10-01 | Methods of manufacturing semiconductor devices |
Publications (1)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
US20210118697A1 true US20210118697A1 (en) | 2021-04-22 |
Family
ID=66995631
Family Applications (2)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US16/148,649 Active US10861710B2 (en) | 2018-06-29 | 2018-10-01 | Methods of manufacturing semiconductor devices |
US17/114,019 Pending US20210118697A1 (en) | 2018-06-29 | 2020-12-07 | Methods of Manufacturing Semiconductor Devices |
Family Applications Before (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US16/148,649 Active US10861710B2 (en) | 2018-06-29 | 2018-10-01 | Methods of manufacturing semiconductor devices |
Country Status (5)
Country | Link |
---|---|
US (2) | US10861710B2 (en) |
KR (1) | KR102288340B1 (en) |
CN (1) | CN110660650B (en) |
DE (1) | DE102018125161B3 (en) |
TW (1) | TWI709181B (en) |
Families Citing this family (5)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US11676855B2 (en) | 2020-02-26 | 2023-06-13 | Taiwan Semiconductor Manufacturing Co., Ltd. | Patterning interconnects and other structures by photo-sensitizing method |
US11127632B1 (en) * | 2020-03-19 | 2021-09-21 | Nanya Technology Corporation | Semiconductor device with conductive protrusions and method for fabricating the same |
TWI772001B (en) * | 2020-04-30 | 2022-07-21 | 台灣積體電路製造股份有限公司 | Resin, photoresist composition, and method of manufacturing semiconductor device |
CN112420685A (en) * | 2020-11-09 | 2021-02-26 | 东莞阿尔泰显示技术有限公司 | Manufacturing method of LED display module |
WO2024045154A1 (en) * | 2022-09-02 | 2024-03-07 | SK Hynix NAND Product Solutions Corp. (dba Solidigm) | Systems and methods for reducing stress and improving surface adhesion in a die |
Citations (3)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US20140264863A1 (en) * | 2013-03-15 | 2014-09-18 | Taiwan Semiconductor Manufacturing Company, Ltd. | Conductive Line System and Process |
US20150279776A1 (en) * | 2014-03-31 | 2015-10-01 | Taiwan Semiconductor Manufacturing Company, Ltd. | Integrated Structure in Wafer Level Package |
US20190304803A1 (en) * | 2018-03-29 | 2019-10-03 | Taiwan Semiconductor Manufacturing Company, Ltd. | Redistribution Structures for Semiconductor Packages and Methods of Forming the Same |
Family Cites Families (12)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
JP4362680B2 (en) * | 2002-07-15 | 2009-11-11 | セイコーエプソン株式会社 | Fine structure manufacturing method and manufacturing apparatus |
KR100643684B1 (en) * | 2005-11-04 | 2006-11-10 | 한국과학기술원 | Polymer or resist pattern, and metal film pattern, metal pattern, and plastic mold using thereof, and methods of forming the sames |
CN101458457A (en) * | 2007-12-13 | 2009-06-17 | 中芯国际集成电路制造(上海)有限公司 | Method for obtaining focusing position of exposure apparatus and focusing detecting method |
JP2009238868A (en) * | 2008-03-26 | 2009-10-15 | Oki Semiconductor Co Ltd | Method for forming mask pattern |
JP2011118344A (en) * | 2009-11-02 | 2011-06-16 | Mejiro Precision:Kk | Method for forming three-dimensional pattern |
US10128206B2 (en) | 2010-10-14 | 2018-11-13 | Taiwan Semiconductor Manufacturing Company, Ltd. | Conductive pillar structure |
CN104882373B (en) * | 2015-04-24 | 2018-05-15 | 石以瑄 | The manufacture method of transistor T-shaped grid |
US9842826B2 (en) | 2015-07-15 | 2017-12-12 | Taiwan Semiconductor Manufacturing Company, Ltd. | Semiconductor device and method of manufacture |
US10090194B2 (en) * | 2016-03-18 | 2018-10-02 | Taiwan Semiconductor Manufacturing Company, Ltd. | Semiconductor device and method |
US10658199B2 (en) | 2016-08-23 | 2020-05-19 | Taiwan Semiconductor Manufacturing Company, Ltd. | Semiconductor device and method |
WO2018063324A1 (en) * | 2016-09-30 | 2018-04-05 | Intel Corporation | Chip assemblies employing solder bonds to back-side lands including an electrolytic nickel layer |
JP7013872B2 (en) | 2016-10-05 | 2022-02-15 | 東レ株式会社 | Resin compositions, cured films, semiconductor devices and methods for manufacturing them |
-
2018
- 2018-10-01 US US16/148,649 patent/US10861710B2/en active Active
- 2018-10-11 DE DE102018125161.0A patent/DE102018125161B3/en active Active
-
2019
- 2019-01-04 KR KR1020190001203A patent/KR102288340B1/en active IP Right Grant
- 2019-01-17 CN CN201910043381.4A patent/CN110660650B/en active Active
- 2019-02-26 TW TW108106467A patent/TWI709181B/en active
-
2020
- 2020-12-07 US US17/114,019 patent/US20210118697A1/en active Pending
Patent Citations (3)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US20140264863A1 (en) * | 2013-03-15 | 2014-09-18 | Taiwan Semiconductor Manufacturing Company, Ltd. | Conductive Line System and Process |
US20150279776A1 (en) * | 2014-03-31 | 2015-10-01 | Taiwan Semiconductor Manufacturing Company, Ltd. | Integrated Structure in Wafer Level Package |
US20190304803A1 (en) * | 2018-03-29 | 2019-10-03 | Taiwan Semiconductor Manufacturing Company, Ltd. | Redistribution Structures for Semiconductor Packages and Methods of Forming the Same |
Also Published As
Publication number | Publication date |
---|---|
CN110660650B (en) | 2022-09-13 |
TW202002106A (en) | 2020-01-01 |
KR102288340B1 (en) | 2021-08-11 |
DE102018125161B3 (en) | 2019-07-11 |
TWI709181B (en) | 2020-11-01 |
CN110660650A (en) | 2020-01-07 |
US10861710B2 (en) | 2020-12-08 |
KR20200002580A (en) | 2020-01-08 |
US20200006086A1 (en) | 2020-01-02 |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
US11699598B2 (en) | Semiconductor device | |
US11177165B2 (en) | Method of manufacturing a semiconductor device having redistribution layer including a dielectric layer made from a low-temperature cure polyimide | |
US20210118697A1 (en) | Methods of Manufacturing Semiconductor Devices | |
US11842896B2 (en) | Semiconductor devices and methods of manufacturing | |
US11145560B2 (en) | Semiconductor device and methods of manufacturing | |
US11728181B2 (en) | Semiconductor device and method | |
US20230307251A1 (en) | Semiconductor Device | |
US20230384672A1 (en) | Polymer Layer in Semiconductor Device and Method of Manufacture | |
US20230386861A1 (en) | Semiconductor devices and methods of manufacture | |
US20230064162A1 (en) | Semiconductor Device and Methods of Manufacture | |
TWI836316B (en) | Method of manufacturing semiconductor device and photoresist |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
STPP | Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general |
Free format text: APPLICATION DISPATCHED FROM PREEXAM, NOT YET DOCKETED |
|
STPP | Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general |
Free format text: DOCKETED NEW CASE - READY FOR EXAMINATION |
|
STPP | Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general |
Free format text: NON FINAL ACTION MAILED |
|
STPP | Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general |
Free format text: ADVISORY ACTION MAILED |
|
STPP | Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general |
Free format text: DOCKETED NEW CASE - READY FOR EXAMINATION |
|
STPP | Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general |
Free format text: NON FINAL ACTION MAILED |
|
STPP | Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general |
Free format text: RESPONSE TO NON-FINAL OFFICE ACTION ENTERED AND FORWARDED TO EXAMINER |
|
STPP | Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general |
Free format text: NON FINAL ACTION MAILED |